SHARP SM-ARFX7 Service Manual

SERVICE MANUAL

CODE: 00ZARFX7//A1E

DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM OPTION

FACSIMILE EXPANSION KIT (For U.S.A./Canada)

MODEL

AR-FX7

EXPANSION MEMORY

8MB: AR-MM9

CONTENTS

[1] OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

[4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

[5] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

[6] SIMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

[7] SOFT SWITCH DESCRIPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

[8] MACHINE OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

[9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

[10] TROUBLE CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

[11] ELECTRICAL SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

This document has been published to be used

SHARP CORPORATION

for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice.

[1] OUTLINE

This unit is a fax expansion kit which provides facsimile functions by attaching to the digital machine AR-M237/M277 series.

To expand facsimile functions, use of RSPF is recommendable. By attaching a job separator/finisher, copy output and fax output can be separately discharged to different trays.

The fax board of the fax expansion kit is provided with 2MB flash memory (standard). An expansion memory of one of 8MB can be added. (8MB expansion memory for fax, AR-MM9)

Job separator

(AR-TR3)

AR-M237/M277

Finisher

(AR-FN5N)

Facsimile expansion Kit

(AR-FX7)

8MB

AR-MM9

Expansion memory

2X500-sheet paper feed unit

(AR-D22)

500-sheet paper feed unit

(AR-D21)

AR-FX7 OUTLINE 1 - 1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Communication system

(1) Electronic transmission system

Transmission time Less than 3 sec (Super G3/33600bps)

Less than 6 sec (G3 ECM/14400bps)

Compression system MH, MR, MMR, JBIG Modem speed 33600bps → 2400 auto fall back Mutual

communication Employed line Public Switched Telephone Network

Number of employed lines

ECM YES

Super G3/G3

(PSTN), Private Branch Exchange (PBX) One line

4. Print system

(1) Recording size

Max. record width 293mm (11.5") Recording paper size detection

Recording paper size

(2) Recording paper

Recording paper empty detection Paper feed All installed trays except for multi-manual

Reception paper full detection

YES (All sizes except for multi paper feed. Recognition of the set size. The tray has no function to detect the actual paper size.) 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/A4/ A4R

YES

tray. YES

→

2. Scanning system

(1) Document size

Max. document width

Unscanable area Lead edge 5mm or less, rear edge 5mm or less

Auto detection size

Document size specified Duplex document specified Long document Max. 1000mm

OC 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5 RSPF 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/

297mm (11.7")

left & right edges 6mm or less

5.5 x 8.5R 11 x 17/8.5 x 14/8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R/5.5 x 8.5/

5.5 x 8.5R/A4/A4R YES

(A3 width 297mm/except when super fine)

(2) Transmission mode document load quantity scan

cycle (RSPF capacity)

RSPF/OC transmission select

Continuous auto paper feed

Document load capacity

Document scan cycle 40 pages/min (Normal, A4R memory

Document scan speed

Job build (Large document mode)

Thin paper scan YES

NO (Selection inhibited during scanning of a document)

YES

RSPF: 100 sheets

transmission) About 1.5sec/page (Normal, A4R memory

transmission) YES

3. Image process system

(1) Half-tone reproduction density adjustment

Half-tone Equivalent to 256 gradations (Combination

Density selection Auto/manual in 5 steps

(2) Image selection

Normal 8dot/mm x 3.85line/mm Fine 8dot/mm x 7.7line/mm Super fine 8dot/mm x 15.4line/mm Ultra fine 16dot/mm x 15.4line/mm: ITU-T conforming

(3) Print resolution

600dpi (with resolution correction)

of fine/super fine/ultra fine is possible.)

5. Transmission function system

(1) Simplified dialing function

Rapid key dialing/ Group dialing registration per Chain dialing YES Redialing The preceding number in single address

Mode recall NO

(2) F-code communication

Sub address YES (Max. 20 digits) Password YES (Max. 20 digits)

(3) Time specification

Time specification: Transmission/polling Call time in automatic send

(4) Recall mode

Auto recall mode when other party is busy. Recall mode when in a communication error

Number of transmissions counted in recall mode simultaneously. Subsequent transmission reservation override in recall mode

(5) Automatic reduction transmission

YES (ON/OFF by key operator program)

(6) Memory transmission/direct transmission

Memory transmission YES

Number of reservation to be set Process in memory full Transmission cancel or only

Quick online transmission YES (Enable/Disable setup by key

Direct transmission YES (100 pages from RSPF, only 1

Default setup Set by key operator program

500 items (Total volume of rapid key and group dialing)

transmission is registered. (except time specification) Not cleared even by clear all key

Time is specified in transmission/polling.

30sec / 45sec / 60 sec Default: 45 sec

Interval 1min to 15min, default 3min Number of times Interval 1min to 15min / 0: Resend

Number of times Send page After the error page

1 to 14 times / No resend Default 2 times

immediately after disconnection of the line Default: Once Once / No resend Default 1 time

Max. 50 items

NO

Max. 50 items

scanned data transmission

operator program)

page from OC)

AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1

(7) Broadcast function

Broadcast transmission

Group dialing Transmitted by group dialing

Relay broadcast transmission

F code relay broadcast instruction (relay broadcast instruction function)

F code relay broadcast (relay function)

Confidential transmission (Sharp machine mode) (Other party)

Confidential transmission (F code communication) (Other party)

Number of destinations

Transmission method

Usable dial 10-key entry, rapid key dialing,

Instructing station

Relay station Only from the machine having

Multiple relay NO Number of relay

groups

200 destinations (When group dialing is used, the number of other parties registered to group dialing is added.) 10-key, rapid key dialing, group key, next address key

group key dialing. However, an address including sub address of 10-key entry registered cannot be used.

registered to rapid key dialing Only from the machine having Sharp relay broadcast

instructing transmission function

Sharp relay broadcast transmission function

10 groups

YES

Only Sharp machine having confidential function

F code support machine

(8) Scan specification

Page division YES (Allowed only from OC)

Page coupling NO

Applicable size: 11 x 17 / 8.5 x 11R

(9) Priority function

Transmission reservation interrupt YES (check by job status key) Broadcast interrupt YES (by direct transmission)

(10) Serial transmission function

Serial transmission NO

(11) Rotation transmission

Paper size 8.5 x 11

→ 8.5 x 11R, A4 → A4R

(12) Book document transmission

Transmission method By OC mode Page division YES

(13) Finish stamp

NO

(14) Bulletin board (remote transmission, polling

transmission functions)

Bulletin board (remote transmission)

Polling protection function

F code bulletin board F code bulletin board box F code bulletin board box name

YES

Check by other party’s number YES Check by matching of system number

(user’s own machine), ID number (other party’s machine) (between Sharp machines only) YES

Registered up to 10 boxes

Registered up to 36 letters (18 letters are displayed)

YES

6. Reception function system

(1) Reception mode

Default setup Automatic reception (Reception

Automatic reception

Manual reception setup YES Setup for switching to automatic reception Auto reduction setup in letter reception Auto reduction setup in A3 reception (A3 RX REDUCE) Answering machine connection NO Reception mode time switch NO Reception data print condition setup

Automatic reception setup

Number of calls 0 to 9 times (Factory setup 2

Non-call reception Allowed by setting the number of

(2) Zoom reception

Auto reduction print on the paper size

(3) Memory reception function

Proxy reception Only when output is disabled. Compulsory memory reception NO

(4) Received data override output

YES

(5) Transfer

Transfer destination registration

Transfer procedure YES (Operated with function menu)

(6) Specified number reception

Reception of only specified numbers allowed Reception reject setup (ANTI JUNK FAX) Registration of the numbers to be rejected

(7) Confidential function

Confidential reception (Sharp machine mode) (Sender) Confidential box Registered up to 10 boxes Confidential box name Registered up to 36 letters (18

Confidential ID code May be set per confidential box Confidential (F code communication) (Sender) F code confidential box Registered up to 10 boxes F code confidential box name Registered up to 36 letters (18

F code confidential box print pass code

(8) Rotation reception

Paper is outputted by rotating 90 degrees to the set direction of paper in cassette

(9) Division reception

Division size When no paper for reception of long document.

(10) Duplex reception

YES

state switchable) YES

times, variable)

calls to 0.

NO

YES

Set whether the received data are reduced or divided to print, by the key operator program.

YES (ON/OFF by key operator program)

YES (Registered by key operator program)

NO

YES (ON/OFF by key operator program) 50 items (up to 20 digits each) Registered by key operation program.

Sharp machine having confidential function only

letters and displayed)

F code support machine

letters and displayed) YES (4 digits)

AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2

(11) 2 in 1 reception

NO

(12) Polling

Send request YES Resolution Ultra Fine (Change by the soft SW)

(13) Turn around transmission

NO

7. Registration system

(1) Number registration

Rapid dialing

Group dialing

Program Number of items 8 items

Relay group

(2) Sender registration

Sender’s name 20 items (registration/display: 22 letters)

Sender’s number 20 digits, registered with key operator program

(3) Polling (Registration of allow number)

Registration of polling allow number System number registration

Number of items (Include group) Number of digits of other party’s number User tag classification International communication mode setup Transmission method Registered key Rapid dialing key

Max. number of registration per group dialing Registerable number Registered name 36 letters User tag classification Transmission method

Registerable items

Registered name 36 letters Call method By pressing program key Change in setup after calling

Number of items 10 groups Registered name 36 letters Relay station number registration Reception station number registration

Registered by key operator program.

10 items, 20 digits, registered by key operator program

1 items, 4 digits, registered by key operator program

500 items

50 digits (+ Sub address 20 digits, pass code 20 digits)

YES

Rapid dialing key + Start key

10-key (Not available for sub address) 200 items (The total number of registration is 200 items.)

Numbers registered to rapid dialing, and numbers entered with 10-key

YES

Rapid dialing key + Start key

An setup items in transmission excluding time specification/ document size/duplex/job build.

NO (Change in setup is available for time specification/document size/ duplex/job build. (Specifying page division in registration makes it impossible for duplex/job build.))

10-key only

10-key dialing For rapid key dialing/group dialing speed dialing/the numbers registered in relay station must be input.

Registration of polling allow ID number

Relay ID code registration

Up to 10 items in 4 digits. Registered by key operator program.

10 items, 20 digits, registered by key operator program

(4) Letter input

Key entry YES Letters allowed

for input

3 types of keyboard available

(5) Registered data read/write

YES (Service tool. Dial registration can be made with PC.)

(6) Date/time adjustment

Registered by key operator program.

(7) Backup

Backup of registration in power failure

SRAM used, by built-in battery

8. Telephone function system

Handset NO On-hook function YES Reserve NO Pause YES (1 to 15sec: Default 2sec, set

Telephone transmission in power failure

Sound volume adjustment

Transmission complete sound tone setup (transmission end)

Transmission complete sound tone setup (reception end)

Transmission complete sound time setup

Scan end sound YES (Set by soft switch to Large/

Tone pulse switch 10/TONE selection with key

External telephone connection

Telephone/ Fax

Ringer volume YES (Set by key operator program

Line monitor sound

Speaker sound YES (Set by key operator program

Transmission complete sound

Remote reception switch

Sound response

Answering voice recording

by key operator program) NO (However, external telephone

transmission is allowed.)

to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.) YES (Set by key operator program

to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.)

to Large/Medium/Small.) YES (Set by key operator program

to Large/Medium/Small/No sound.) YES (Set by key operator program

to PATTERN 1/2/3.) YES (Set by key operator program

to PATTERN 1/2/3.) YES (Set by key operator program.

5 step by 2.0 to 4.0 sec.)

Medium/Small/No sound.)

operator program. YES

YES (Switch number is in 1 digit +

∗∗) 5∗∗

NO

AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3

9. Memory system

Memory capacity Standard 2MB

Option 8MB

Memory content (transmission reservation) confirmation Memory use status YES (% display)

Document data memory backup in power failure

LCD display YES Printout YES

YES (Flash memory)

10. Additional information function for transmission

Page counter YES Date printing YES (month/day/year/the day of

Date/ display sequential switch Cover paper item

Transmission message (Regular message)

Sender print NO User message NO

Date YES Receiver’s name Receiver’s number Sender’s name Sender’s number Display of number of documents transmitted Transmission message Print paper size

week, year is in 4 digits) NO

YES

8.5 x 11

CONFIDENTIAL/PLS. DISTRIBUTE/URGENT/PLS. CALL BACK/IMPORTANT

(2) Communication result report function

Communication result table

Image memory print YES (Print out all report/When error

Single sending YES (Print out all report/Print out

error report only/No printed report. With key operator program)

Broadcast communication report

Reception YES (Print out all report/When error

Confidential reception

YES (Print out all report/Print out error report only/No printed report. With key operator program)

occurs/No printed report. With key operator program)

YES (Print out notice page/Not print out notice page. With key operator program)

occurs/No printed report. With key operator program)

(3) Other report list

Rapid # list YES (Rapid key table) Group list YES (Group number table) Telephone number list YES (Table of searched

Program list YES Relay group list YES Transmission message list NO Pass code list YES Mem. polling list YES Confidential reception list YES Activity report YES Timer list YES Confidential code list YES FAX key operator program list YES FAX account usage list YES F code memory box list YES Junk FAX number list YES Soft switch list (Output by SIM) YES Memory image deletion table NO Department code table NO

letters in rapid key dialing, and group dialing in alphabetical order)

11. Additional print function when receiving

Index print YES (Set by key operator program)

12. Recording table system

(1) Communication record function

Communication record table size Communication record memory capacity Communication record table

Time-specified output YES (1 time per day) Output when recording memory full Output of individual department

Time-specified communication table Confidential reception check table

Letter (Not output when paper greater than 5.5 x 8.5 is not set.) 50 items in total of transmission and reception Max. 50 items for each of transmission and reception (Total of transmission and reception is up to 50 items.) Record table is outputted separately. If registration exceeds 50, the oldest one is deleted.

YES (Print/not print is set by key operator) YES (Communication time of each department is outputted as department management record table.) Common with transmission record table

YES

13. Others

CSI transmission YES Department management

Automatic booting mode NO WIN FAST YES Distinctive ring 6 + OFF (Default: OFF) Summer time setting YES (Start: the 1st Sunday in

Address book import/export In Japanese and English PC-FAX Supplied languages: English,

Limitation on users in each department Number of departments registered Charge management function for each department

YES

100 items

NO

April A.M.2:00 → A.M.3:00 End: the last Sunday in October A.M.2:00 → A.M.1:00) (Default: OFF)

French, Swedish, Italian, Spanish, German, Dutch, Danish, Finish/Norwegian (RX only to TX. not available)

AR-FX7 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 4

[3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

1. Install of expansion kit

A. Parts included

PWB spacers: 2 pcs. Fax PWB: 1 pc. TEL/LIU PWB: 1 pc.

Speaker unit: 1pc.

Fax connector cover:

1 pc.

Line cable: 1 pc.

2) Work the left rear cabinet. Cut and remove the cut-out portion from the left rear cabinet using

a tool such as nippers. Be careful about the direction of the tool so that the cut surface is

flat.

Cut-out portion

3) Attach the speaker. Attach the speaker to the left rear cabinet using supplied two

golden screws (M3).

M3 golden screws

M3 golden screws:

2 pcs.

Installation manual:

1 sheet

M3 screws with washer: 8 pcs.

Operation manuals:

1 pc.

Supplied label: 1

sheet

B. Installation procedure

Turn off the main switch of the copier and then remove the power plug of the copier from the outlet.

1) Remove the shielding plate and the left rear cabinet. Remove the five screws that fix the shielding plate and then remove the shielding plate by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver.

Then, remove the two screws that secure the left rear cabinet and slide the cabinet toward the rear side of the main unit to remove it.

4) Attach the fax PWB Mount the two spacers on the fax PWB. Then, insert the connector of the FAX PWB to the connector of the

FAX expansion PWB and secure it using six M3 screws with washer.

M3 Screws with washer

Fax PWB

Shielding plate

Screws

Spacers

Screws

Left rear cabinet

M3 Screws with washer

AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 1

5) Attach the TEL/LIU PWB. Insert the connector of the TEL/LIU PWB to the connector of the

FAX PWB, fit two spacers to the TEL/LIU PWB, and attach the TEL/LIU PWB using two M3 screws with washer.

Spacers

TEL/LIU PWB

M3 Screws with washer

8) Reattach the shielding plate. Fit the pawls of the shielding plate to the main unit and secure the

plate using five screws.

Screws

Shielding plate

6) Reattach the left rear cabinet. <1> Pass the speaker harness through the hole of the frame of the fax

expansion PWB and connect it to the connector of the fax PWB.

<2> Fit the pawls of the left rear cabinet to the mounting portions of

the main unit. Slide the cabinet toward the front of the main unit to

attach it. <3> Secure the left rear cabinet using two screws. <4> Attach the supplied fax connector cover.

Speaker harness

Screw

Screws

Left rear cabinet

Fax connector cover

Pawls

If you need not to mount an extended memory, proceed to step 8.

7) Mount an additional memory (AR-MM9)

Insert the additional memory into the socket on the FAX PWB.

Insert the power plug of the copier to the outlet and turn on the main switch. Then, carry out the following procedure.

9) Paste the label on the left rear cabinet of the copier. Paste the FCC label to the position shown in the illustration.

In order to manifest the compliance with FCC Part 68 and IC CS-03, it is required to provide the machine with the FCC Registration Number (USA), Ringer Equivalence (USA) and Ringer Equivalence (Canada).

After installing the FAX expansion kit in the machine, please put the registration label, packed with the kit, on the prescribed location.

FCC label

10) Clear the image memory.

* If an extended memory (AR-MM9) has been mounted in step 7, be

sure to carry out this step. If no extended memory has been mounted, this step is not neces-

sary. <1> [P], [*], [C], and [*] to enter the simulation mode. <2> Use the 10-key pad to enter “66” in the main code entry screen

shown below and press the START key.

<3> Use the 10-key pad to enter “10” in the sub-code entry screen

shown below.

AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 2

<4> Use the 10-key pad to enter “1” in the submenu screen shown

below and press the START key.

<5> The screen shown below is displayed and memory clear opera-

tion is executed to restart the main unit.

<6> After several minutes, memory clear operation is completed and

then the screen shown below is displayed. Press the Reset key to restart the main unit.

11) Connect the FAX board unit line cable. Connect the line cable to the FAX board unit.

Line cable

AR-FX7 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 - 3

[4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION

1. Operation panel

1

234 5

COPY

PRINT

SCAN

FAX

JOB STATUS

678

ON LINE DATA

DATA

LINE DATA

CUSTOM SETTINGS

ACC.#-C

910 1112

No. Name Function, operation

1 Touch panel • Messages and keys appears in the touch panel.

A key can be touched to select or enter a setting.

• When you touch a key, a beep sounds and the key is highlighted to indicate that it has been selected.

• Keys that cannot be selected in a screen are grayed out. If a grayed out key is touched, a double beep will

sound to indicate that the key cannot be selected. 2 Mode select keys Use to select the basic modes of the machine. 3 LINE light This lights while a fax is being sent or received. 4 Numeric keys Use for settings that require the entry of numbers. 5 [CLEAR] key This is used to clear a mistake when entering a number. One digit is cleared each time the key is pressed. The

key is also used to cancel scanning of an original. 6 [FAX] key Press to switch to fax mode. The initial screen of fax mode will appear in the touch panel display. 7 [JOB STATUS] key Use to check the status of a job. 8 DATA light This light blinks when a fax has been received to memory.

The light stays on constantly when a fax is waiting in memory for transmission. 9 [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key Use to customize the machine settings to better suit your needs. When using the fax function, destinations can

be stored and settings for fax reception and fax forwarding can be selected.

10 [ACC.#-C] key Press to use the fax function when auditing mode is enabled. This key can also be used to issue tone signals

when the machine is connected to a pulse dial line.

11 [START] key Press to begin scanning an original for fax transmission. 12 [CLEAR ALL] key Use to cancel a transmission or programming operation. When the key is pressed, the operation is canceled

and you return to the initial screen.

When sending a fax, this key is also used to cancel an image setting, paper size setting, or special function.

2. FAX mode (Condition setting screen)

The condition setting screen of fax mode is displayed by pressing the [FAX] key while the print mode, copy mode, or job status screen appears in the touch panel. In the explanations that follow, it is assumed that the initial screen that appears after pressing the [FAX] key is the condition setting screen (shown below). If you have set the display to show the address directory when the [FAX] key is pressed, touch the [CONDITION SETTINGS] key in the address directory to display the condition setting screen.

A key operator program can be used to set the display to show either the condition setting screen (shown below) or the address directory screen (p.8) when the [FAX] key is pressed.

A. Condition setting screen

The display is initially set (factory setting) to show the following screen when the [FAX] key is pressed.

23 4

SPEAKER

FAX MEMORY:100%

AUTO RECEPTION

SPECIAL MODES

DIRECT TX MEMORY TX

REDIAL

ADDRESS

BOOK

SUB ADDRESS

ADDRESS REVIEW

910

5

6 7 8

14 13

12

11

1

READY TO SEND.

AUTO

EXPOSURE

STANDARD

RESOLUTION

AUTO

ORIGINAL

AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 4 - 1

No. Name Function, operation

A

FREQUENT USE ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ

ABC GROUP

B

C D

E F

G H

CONDITION SETTINGS

READY TO SEND.

SUB ADDRESS

ADDRESS REVIEW

REDIALSPEAKER

1 Message display Messages appear here to indicate the current status of the machine. When the machine is ready to send, an

icon appears to the left. 2 Memory and reception

This shows the amount of fax memory that is free and the currently selected reception mode.

mode display

3 [SPEAKER] key This key is used for dialing with the speaker.

During dialing it changes into the [PAUSE] key, and after pressing the [SUB ADDRESS] key it changes into the

[SPACE] key. 4 [REDIAL] key Touch this key to redial the most recently dialed number. After dialing, this key changes into the [NEXT

ADDRESS] key. 5 [ADDRESS BOOK] key This displays the Address Directory screen.

Touch this key when you want to use an auto-dial number (one-touch dialing or group dialing). 6 [SUB ADDRESS] key Touch this key to enter a sub-address or passcode. 7 [ADDRESS REVIEW] key When performing a broadcast transmission, touch this key to check your selected destinations. A list of your

selected destinations will appear, and destinations can be deleted from the list. 8 [DIRECT TX MEMORY

TX] key

Touch this key to switch from memory transmission mode to direct transmission mode.

The selected mode is highlighted. 9 [SPECIAL MODES] key Touch this key to select one of the following special functions:

Timer transmission, Polling, Slow scan mode, Dual page scan, Program, Memory box, Cover sheet,

Adding a message, Special modes

10 Original settings icon

display

When two-sided scanning or job build mode is selected (touch the [ORIGINAL] key to select these functions), an

icon will appear in this display.

The icon can be touched to open the original settings screen.

11 [ORIGINAL] key Touch this key to manually set the original size or select two-sided scanning. 12 [RESOLUTION] key Touch this key to change the resolution setting when scanning an original. The selected resolution setting will be

highlighted above the key. The initial factory setting is [STANDARD].

13 [EXPOSURE] key Touch this key to change the scanning exposure. The selected exposure is highlighted above the key. The initial

factory setting is [AUTO].

14 Special function icon

When a special function such as polling or dual page scan is selected, the special function icon appears here.

display

B. Address directory screen (alphabetically ordered)

If "DEFAULT DISPLAY SETTINGS" is set to address directory, the following screen will be the initial screen that appears when the [FAX] key is pressed.

2

1

No. Name Function, operation

1 Rapid key display This shows the rapid keys that have been stored on the selected "index card". The display is initially set to show

8 keys. This can be changed to 6 or 12 using a key operator program. 2 Display switching keys In cases where the rapid keys cannot all be displayed on one screen, this shows how many screens are left.

Touch the [ 3 [CONDITION SETTINGS]

This displays the condition setting screen, which is used to set various conditions.

key 4 [ABC/GROUP] key Touch this key to switch between the alphabetical index and the group index. 5 Index keys Destinations programmed in rapid keys are stored in indexes. In the alphabetical index, the destinations appear

in alphabetical order. In the group indexes, the destinations appear in the order that they were programmed. Touch the [ABC GROUP] key to switch between indexes. The group indexes can be used as follows:

• For storing destinations in groups.

• A name can be assigned to each index.

• Frequently used destinations can be stored in the FREQUENT USE index.

Destinations in the FREQUENT USE index appear in the order that they were programmed.

5

↑] [↓] keys to move through the screens.

AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 4 - 2

3

4

[5] ADJUSTMENTS

Section Adjustment items Adjustment procedures

1 Density section A FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode) <FAX mode> SIM 46-12

B FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode) <FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 46-16

2 Communication section A Dial test <FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 66-16

1. Density section

A. FAX mode density adjustment (Overall mode)

(<FAX mode> SIM 46-12)

1) Set the test chart (TPAP-2109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the OC table as shown below, and close the OC cover.

Glass holding plate

2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-12.

3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section in standard and auto density mode.

4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image density.

5) Make a copy, and adjust so that the following adjustment specification is satisfied.

∗ When an adjustment is made in this mode, the exposure level for

each communication mode and each density mode are automatically adjusted accordingly.

Density

Auto Standard FAX

mode

Resolution

mode

SIM

mode 46-12

CCITT #3

chart output

result

“3” is slightly copied.

Set value

The greater the set value is, the greater the density is, and vice versa.

Set

range

0 – 99

B. FAX mode density adjustment (Individual mode)

(<FAX mode> SIM 46-13 – 16)

1) Set the test chart (TPAP-2109SCZZ <CCITT #3 chart>) on the OC table as shown below, and close the OC cover.

Glass holding plate

2) Switch to the FAX mode and execute SIM 46-13 to 46-16 depending on the adjustment mode.

3) After warming up, shading is performed and the current density level is displayed on the lower two digits of the display section.

4) Enter the set value with the 10-key to adjust the FAX image density.

5) Make a copy, and adjust the density with the copy as a reference.

Resolution

mode

Standard Switched with the

Fine Switched with the

Super fine Switched with the

Ultra fine Switched with the

Density

changeover

density select key.

SIM Set value

FAX mode 4613 FAX mode 4614 FAX mode 4615 FAX mode 4616

The greater the set value is, the greater the density is, and vice versa.

Set

range

0 – 99

AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 1

2. Communication section

Note: These items are factory adjusted when shipping according to

FCC standards. Therefore, do not change the setting in the market.

A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 16)

(1) Dial pulse transmission test

1) Execute SIM 66-14 in FAX mode.

2) Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

3) Set the make time with the 10-key.

The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms. The sending dial cannot be interrupted.

Soft SWInitial

Dial pulse make time

10 PPS

SIM

FAX mode 66-14

SW 251 to 4

value

40ms (14)

Set value

SW set value: 0 to 15 Make time: 26 to 41ms

1ms step (Binary input)

(2) DTMF signal transmission level adjustment

1) Execute SIM 66-16 in the FAX mode.

2) Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

1

3) Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

The sending dial cannot be interrupted.

4) Select the soft SW reflection.

Soft SWInitial

SW 644 to 8

SW 655 to 8

–6dBm SW set value:

+2.0 dBm

value

Set value

0 to 21 Transmission level: 0.0 to –21dB SW set value: 0 to 15 Transmission level: 2.0 to

5.5dB

1dBm step (Binary input)

0.5dBm step (Binary input)

DTMF transmission level

High group

High group – Low group

SIM

(FAX mode) 6616 (Test only)

AR-FX7 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 2

[6] SIMULATION

1. Code-type simulation

A. Operating procedures and operations

* Entering the simulation mode

1) #/P key (program) ON Asterisk (*) key ON → Ready for input of a main code of simulation

2) Entering a main code with the 10-key

3) Entering a sub code with the 10-key

4) Select an item with the scroll key and the item key.

5) The machine enters the mode corresponding to the selected item. Press START key to start the simulation operation. To cancel the current simulation mode or to change the main code

and the sub code, press the CUSTOM SETTINGS key.

* Canceling the simulation mode to return to the normal mode

1) Press CLEAR ALL key.

→ Asterisk (*) key ON → CLEAR key ON →

→ START key ON

Code

Main Sub

66 17 Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.

(Signal send level: Max.)

18 Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.

(Signal send level: Set by soft SW.) 19 Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM. 20 Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM. 21 FAX information print 22 Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only) 24 Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only) 30 Used to set the TEL/LIU. 31 Used to set the TEL/LIU. 32 Receive data check 33 Signal detection check 34 Communication time measurement display 37 Speaker sound volume adjustment 41 CI signal check

Function

2. Simulation code list

Code

Main Sub

22 5 Used to check the ROM version of each unit

(section).

11 Used to display the FAX send/receive counter

(FAX reception and print counter). 24 10 FAX counter data clear 46 12 FAX exposure level adjustment (1 mode automatic

adjustment)

13 FAX exposure level adjustment (Normal mode

individual adjustment)

14 FAX exposure level adjustment (Fine text mode

individual adjustment)

15 FAX exposure level adjustment (Super Fine mode

individual adjustment)

16 FAX exposure level adjustment (Ultra Fine mode

individual adjustment) 48 8 FAX magnification adjustment (read)

9 FAX magnification adjustment (print)

50 8 FAX lead edge adjustment (read)

9 FAX lead edge adjustment (print)

66 1 Used to change and check the FAX-related soft

SW.

2 Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW. (Except for

the FAX adjustment values)

3 FAX PWB memory check 4 Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.) 5 Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW

setting)

6 Printing the confidential password 7 Print the screen memory contents 8 Voice Message send (Signal send level: Max.)

(print) (Japan only)

9 Used to send the voice message. (Signal send

level: Set by soft SW.)

10 Image data memory clear 11 Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level:

Max.)

12 Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level:

Set by soft SW)

13 Used to register the dial numbers. 14 Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test) 15 Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test) 16 Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send

test)

Function

3. Details

22

22-5

Purpose Adjustment/Setting/Check Function (Purpose) Item Software

Operation/procedure

Used to display the ROM version of each section. [Display example] ROM version 1.250 The display of the protocol monitor and the soft SW follows this dis-

play.

S/N Machine serial number MCU Main Control Unit IMC IMC OPE Panel + Panel label code PRINTER NIC

FINISHER

FAX If it is not installed, "- - - - - - - - - -" is displayed. [Label code display] Contents of "XXX" section on the display below

Panel

display

JPN Japan Japanese, American

EFS SEC AJ/AM American English, English,

EEU SEEG/

Used to check the ROM version of each unit (section).

→ [1.25] (up to 2 decimal places)

PRINTER NIC (For the Soft Nic, the Soft Nic version is displayed. When the AR-NC5 is installed, the AR-NC5J version is displayed.) FINISHER FAX

Destination Selection code

SECL AL/AC SUK BK/BB

GG/GD English, German, Polish, SEA/East Europe, etc.

Panel software support

language

English, English

French, Spanish

Czech, Hungarian, Greek, Turkish, Russian, French, Italian, Slovak

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 1

Panel

display

NEU SEF/

CHN SOCC BZ UE5 Simplified Chinese,

TWN Taiwan BE/BT UT1 Traditional Chinese (Local

EFS *1 Special

*1: Display at the current state

Destination Selection code

SEES/ SEIS/SEN, etc.

SCA/SCNZ BA/BN American English, English, Distributor area

countries

BG/DG/ BD/DD

Panel software support

language

English, German, French, Spanish, Dutch, Italian, Portuguese, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish, Danish

French, Spanish

American English, English

support), American English, English

American English, English, French, Spanish, Hebrew (Local support)

Panel label code

24

24-10

Purpose Data clear Function (Purpose) FAX counter data clear Section FAX Item Counter

Operation/procedure

1. Select the "3: NUMBER OF PRINTS", and press the [START] key. The confirmation menu is shown.

2. Select "1: YES." 1: YES (Cleared)

2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)

Item Content

1 FAX SEND

(PAGE & TIME)

2 FAX RECEIVE

(PAGE & TIME)

3 FAX OUTPUT FAX output (number of prints)

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

FAX send page and time

FAX receive page and time

22-11

Purpose Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check

Function (Purpose)

Section FAX Item Counter

Operation/procedure

Used to display the FAX send/receive counter.

FAX SEND PAGE/TIME FAX send page and time FAX RECEIVE PAGE/TIME FAX receive page and time

FAX OUTPUT FAX output (number of print) The counter display is in 7 digits. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

(display/print) Used to display the FAX send/receive counter (FAX

reception and print counter).

46

46-12

Purpose Adjustment Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Image quality

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item.

2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.

1 COPY START –– 2 FAX EXP.LEVEL 0-99 50

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

FAX exposure level adjustment (1 mode automatic adjustment)

JAM PAPER EMPTY

Item Setting range Default

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 2

1

50

46-13

Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Image quality

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item.

2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 EXP.LEVEL Exposure level

3AE Normal text AE 4 MANUAL Normal text MANUAL

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

FAX exposure level adjustment (Normal mode individual adjustment)

JAM PAPER EMPTY

Item Content Setting range Default

selection

0-99 50

1

46-14

Purpose Adjustment Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Image quality

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item.

2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 EXP.LEVEL Exposure level

3 AE (PHOTO ON) Fine text AE (Half tone) 4 AE (PHOTO OFF) Fine text AE 5MANUAL (PHOTO

ON)

6MANUAL (PHOTO

OFF)

FAX exposure level adjustment (Fine text mode individual adjustment)

JAM PAPER EMPTY

Item Content

selection

Fine text MANUAL (Half tone)

Fine text MANUAL

Setting

Default

range

0-99 50

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

1

46-15

Purpose Adjustment Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Image quality

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item.

2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 EXP.LEVEL Exposure level selection 3 AE (PHOTO ON) Super Fine AE (Half

4 AE (PHOTO OFF) Super Fine AE 5 MANUAL

(PHOTO ON)

6 MANUAL

(PHOTO OFF)

Note:Executable only when the FAX is installed.

46-16

Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Image quality

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item.

2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

FAX exposure level adjustment (Super Fine mode individual adjustment)

JAM PAPER EMPTY

Item Content

tone)

Super Fine MANUAL (Half tone)

Super Fine MANUAL

3 50 50 50 50

FAX exposure level adjustment (Ultra Fine mode individual adjustment)

Setting

range

0 - 99 50

Default

1

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 3

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

JAM

PAPER EMPTY There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.

Item Content

Setting

range

Default

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 EXP.LEVEL Exposure level selection 3 AE (PHOTO ON) Ultra Fine AE (Half

tone) 4 AE (PHOTO OFF) Ultra Fine AE 5 MANUAL

(PHOTO ON)

6 MANUAL

Ultra Fine MANUAL

(Half tone)

Ultra Fine MANUAL

0 - 99 50

(PHOTO OFF)

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Item Content

4 OC(SUB) SCAN Sub scanning

Setting

range

Default

1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (OC)

5 SPF(MAIN) SCAN Main scanning

1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (SPF)

6 SPF(SUB) SCAN Sub scanning

1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (SPF)

7 RSPF(MAIN) SCAN Main scanning

1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (RSPF)

8 RSPF(SUB) SCAN Sub scanning

1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (RSPF)

* The adjustment can be made in the range of -12.7% - +12.7% by the

increment of 0.1%.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

1

50 50 50 50

48

48-8

Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) Section FAX Related soft SW SW112-1 to 8, SW113-1 to 8

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.

2. Enter the set value of magnification with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

There is no operation of tray selection. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. Even when the SPF/RSPF is selected, if there is no original on the

SPF/RSPF, the OC is scanned. Even when the OC is selected, if there is any original on the SPF/

RSPF, the SPF/RSPF is scanned. (Setting 2)

Item Content

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 SCAN SELECT

(OC/SPF/RSPF)

3 OC(MAIN) SCAN Main scanning

FAX magnification adjustment (read)

JAM PAPER EMPTY

Setting

range

Scan selection (OC/

1-255* 128

SPF/ RSPF)

1-255* 128 magnification ratio adjustment (OC)

Default

1 128 128 128 128 128 128

2

48-9

Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) FAX magnification adjustment (print) Section FAX

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is displayed beside the item.

2. Press the [START] key. Copying is started and the set value is stored.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

JAM

PAPER EMPTY There is no operation of tray selection. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. When two pages are scanned, duplex printing is made.

Item Content

Setting

range

Default

1 COPY START Copy start 1-255 128 2 Horizontal Print magnification ratio

1-255 128 adjustment (Horizontal, vertical to paper passing)

3 Vertical Print magnification ratio

1-255 128 adjustment (Vertical, parallel to paper passing)

4 Horizontal

(DUPLEX)

Print magnification ratio adjustment on the back surface

1-255 128

(Horizontal, vertical to paper passing)

5Vertical

(DUPLEX)

Print magnification ratio adjustment on the back surface

1-255 128

(Vertical, parallel to paper passing)

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 4

128

2

50

50-8

The adjustments on the machine side must have been normally completed.

Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) FAX lead edge adjustment (read) Section FAX

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.

2. Enter the correction value with the 10-key, and press the [#/P] key.

3. Press the [START] key. Copying is started.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

JAM PAPER EMPTY

There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected.

4. Select the scanning method.

Even when the SPF/RSPF is selected, if there is no original on the SPF/RSPF, the OC is scanned. Even when the OC is selected, if there is any original on the SPF/ RSPF, the SPF/RSPF is scanned. (Setting 2)

Item Content

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 SCAN

SELECT (OC/ SPF/RSPF)

3 LEAD Scan lead edge position

4 LEFT Scan left edge position

5 REAR Scan rear edge position

6 RIGHT Scan right edge position

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Scan selection (1: OC, 2: SPF, 3: RSPF back) 1-3 1

adjustment value of the selected method in 2.

Setting

range

43-57 50

Default

2

50 50 50

50-9

Purpose Adjustment Function (Purpose) FAX lead edge adjustment (print) Section FAX

Operation/procedure

1. Select "1: COPY START." The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.

2. Press the [START] key. Copying is started.

Normal display NOW PRINTING Error display DOOR OPEN

JAM

PAPER EMPTY There is no tray selection operation. The optimum paper tray for the scanned size is selected. When two pages are scanned, duplex print is made,

Item Content

1 COPY START Copy start –– 2 LEAD Print lead edge void

adjustment value (Front surface)

3 LEFT Print left edge void

4 REAR Print rear edge void

5LEAD

(DUPLEX)

6 LEFT (DUPLEX) Print left edge void

7REAR

(DUPLEX)

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

adjustment value (Front surface)

adjustment value (Front surface) Print lead edge void adjustment value (Back surface)

adjustment value (Back surface) Print rear edge void adjustment value (Back surface)

Setting

range

43-57 50

Default

1

66

66-1

Purpose Setting Function

(Purpose) Section FAX

Operation/procedure

1. Enter the soft SW number to be selected with the 10-key.

2. Check and change the setting content of the selected soft SW.

3. Press the [START] key to save the set content. The FAX-related soft SW is displayed on the LCD, and changing can

be made by monitoring it. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to change and check the FAX-related soft SW.

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 5

1

66-2

Purpose Adjustment Function

(Purpose) Section FAX

Operation/procedure

1. Enter the country code with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

2. When "1: (YES)" is selected, the soft SW corresponding to the country code is cleared. When "2: (NO)" is selected, the simulation is canceled.

Country code Japan : 00000000 U.S.A. : 10110101 Australia : 00001001 U.K : 10110100 France : 00111101 Germany : 00000100 Sweden : 10100101 New Zealand : 01111110 China : 00100110 Singapore : 10011100 TW : 11111110 Other 1 : 11111101 Other 2 : 11111100 Other 3 : 11111011 The codes other than the above are accepted as Japan. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-3

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) FAX PWB memory check Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Press the [START] key. Read/write can be checked for FAX PWB memory. The check result is displayed separately for each memory.

1. Memory to be checked

DRAM SRAM Flash ROM Program area SUM check only

Option memory The memory size follows the

PAGE

Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW. (Except for the FAX adjustment values)

12345678

00001001

Memory area

automatically detected value.

2. Detailed procedure 1 "55H" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the

address data are read in sequence to check that they were properly written.

2 "AAH" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the

address data are read in sequence to check that they were properly written.

3 "00H" is written to all the addresses of each memory, and the

address data are read in sequence to check that they were properly written.

4 Perform checks 1 - 3 sequentially. If there is no abnormality, it is

"OK." If there is any abnormality, "NG" is notified to the error address.

5 After completion of check, the memory is returned to the initial

state.

(CPU is not reset) Interruption cannot be made during operation. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

1

66-4

Purpose Operation test/check Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The signal is sent to the line and the machine speaker. (Sending the signal is continued until the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed.)

By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.

Item Send signal

1 NO SIGNAL Signal not sent None 2 33.6 V34 –– 3 31.2 V34 –– 4 28.8 V34 –– 5 26.4 V34 –– 6 24.0 V34 –– 7 16.0 V34 –– 8 19.2 V34 ––

9 16.8 V34 –– 10 14.4 V34 –– 11 12.0 V34 –– 12 9.6 V34 –– 13 7.2 V34 –– 14 4.8 V34 –– 15 2.4 V34 –– 16 14.4 V33 –– 17 12.0 V33 –– 18 14.4 V17 –– 19 12.0 V17 –– 20 9.6 V17 –– 21 7.2 V17 –– 22 9.6 V29 –– 23 7.2 V29 –– 24 4.8 V27t ––

Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.)

Send level

Selection

menu

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 6

Item Send signal

25 2.4 V27t –– 26 0.3 FLG 7EH Flag signal Yes 27 CED2100 Tone signal Yes 28 CNG1100 29 0.3 V21 30 ANSam 31 RINGER Pseudo-ringer sound

([ON HOOK] key ON)

32 No MSG Voice message (no sound) None

Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the sound composition IC volume to 0.

33 No RBT Ring back tone (no sound) None

Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the G/A volume to 0.

34 DP MAKE Dial pulse (make) 1: 0dB

Maintain the make state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line.

35 DP BRK Dial pulse (break) 1: 0dB

Maintain the break state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Send level

Selection

menu

None

2: Soft SW

Signal number Send signal

12 9.6 V34 9.6 V34 – 13 7.2 V34 7.2 V34 – 14 4.8 V34 4.8 V34 – 15 2.4 V34 2.4 V34 – 16 14.4 V33 14.4 V33 – 17 12.0 V33 12.0 V33 – 18 14.4 V17 14.4 V17 – 19 12.0 V17 12.0 V17 – 20 9.6 V17 9.6 V17 – 21 7.2 V17 7.2 V17 – 22 9.6 V29 9.6 V29 – 23 7.2 V29 7.2 V29 – 24 4.8 V27t 4.8 V27t – 25 2.4 V27t 2.4 V27t – 26 0.3 FLG 7EH Flag signal Yes 27 CED2100 Tone signal Yes 28 CNG1100 29 0.3 V21 30 ANSam 31 RINGER Pseudo-ringer sound

32 No MSG Voice message (no sound) None

33 No RBT Ring back tone (no sound) None

1

34 DP MAKE Dial pulse (make) 1: 0dB

35 DP BRK Dial pulse (break) 1: 0dB

66-5

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. By setting the signal number, signals are sent to the line and the

machine speaker. (Sending signals is continued until interruption command is made (by pressing [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)

By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.

Signal number Send signal

1 NO SIGNAL Signal not sent None 2 33.6 V34 33.6 V34 – 3 31.2 V34 31.2 V34 – 4 28.8 V34 28.8 V34 – 5 26.4 V34 26.4 V34 – 6 24.0 V34 24.0 V34 – 7 16.0 V34 16.0 V34 – 8 19.2 V34 19.2 V34 –

9 16.8 V34 16.8 V34 – 10 14.4 V34 14.4 V34 – 11 12.0 V34 12.0 V34 –

Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW setting)

Send level

Selection

menu

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-6

Purpose Data output, check Function (Purpose) Printing the confidential password Section FAX Item Data Confidential/Pass code

Operation/procedure

Press the [START] key. The confidential ID table (confidential BOX numbers, confidential BOX

names, and confidential password) is printed. The confidential data of My company mode is printed separately. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

([ON HOOK] key ON)

Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the sound composition IC volume to 0.

Under the state where the ring back tone can be sent to the line, keep the G/A volume to 0.

Maintain the make state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line.

Maintain the break state with keeping the condition to be able to send to the dial pulse line.

Send level

Selection

menu

None

2: Soft SW

1

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 7

66-7

Purpose Data output, check Function (Purpose) Print the screen memory contents Section FAX Item Data Image data

Operation/procedure

Press the [START] key. Used to input all image data (including confidential reception data,

remote send image, not-sent image) stored in image memory of the FAX section.

The output image is remained even after outputting. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

1

66-8

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Voice Message send (Signal send level:

Max.) (Japan only)

Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Select the message number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

By setting the message No., the sound message is sent to the line and the speaker of the body. (The message is repeated until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)

By pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.

Item Voice message 1NONE 2 FAX/TEL MSG1 "Hold the line a minute, please send fax."

3 FAX/TEL MSG2 "Hold the line a minute."

4 FAX/TEL MSG3 "Not around here, please send fax."

5 CHANGED RX MSG "Ding Dong"

6 RINGER 7 EXT.TEL RINGER

Message No. 5 can be heard by an external telephone speaker. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Silent

(TEL/FAX voice response)

(Sound delivered when switching to remote reception) Call sound External telephone call

66-9

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Select the message number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

By setting the message No., the sound message is sent to the line and the speaker of the body. (The message is repeated until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)

By pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.

1NONE 2 FAX/TEL MSG1 "Hold the line a minute, please send fax."

3 FAX/TEL MSG2 "Hold the line a minute."

4 FAX/TEL MSG3 "Not around here, please send fax."

5 CHANGED RX MSG "Ding Dong"

6 RINGER

7 EXT.TEL RINGER Message No. 5 can be heard by an external telephone speaker. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to send the voice message. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW.) (Japan only)

Item Voice message

Silent

(TEL/FAX voice response)

(Sound delivered when switching to remote reception)

Call sound External telephone call

2

66-10

Purpose Adjustment/Setting/Check

Function (Purpose) Image data memory clear

Section FAX

Item Data Image data Operation/procedure

Select "1: YES" with the 10-key and press the [START] key. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.)

Used to clear all image data (including confidential reception data) stored in image memory of the FAX section.

The management table is also cleared (initialized) at the same time. * lIf there is any print data, the power must be turned off after clearing. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

1

2

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 8

66-11

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. By setting the signal number, the specified signal is delivered to the

line at the speed of 300bps. (The signal is continuously sent until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)

The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set value.

The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode.

By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.

Item 1 NO SIGNAL 2 11111 3 11110 4 00000 5 010101 6 00001

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: Max.)

1

66-12

Purpose Operation test/check Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. By setting the signal number, the specified signal is delivered to the

line at the speed of 300bps. (The signal is continuously sent until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.)

The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set value.

The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode.

By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.

Item 1 NO SIGNAL 2 11111 3 11110 4 00000 5 010101 6 00001

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to send 300bps signals. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW)

1

66-13

Purpose Setting Function (Purpose) Used to register the dial numbers. Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Enter the number with the 10-key, [*] key, and [#] key. Press the [CLEAR] key to return to the initial state. Press the [START] key to register the entered number. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-14

Purpose Operation check/test Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/Procedure

1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

2. Set the make time with the 10-key. The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms. The sending dial cannot be interrupted.

0 EXECUTE Execution – 1 MAKE TIME Dial pulse make time setting 0-15

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test)

Item Content Setting range

1

66-15

Purpose Operation check/test Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/Procedure

1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

2. Set the make time with the 10-key. The dial is sent with the set value + 26ms. The sending dial cannot be interrupted.

0 EXECUTE Execution – 1 MAKE TIME Dial pulse make time setting 0-15

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test)

Item Content Setting range

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 9

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

1

66-16

Purpose Operation check/test Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/Procedure

1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.

2. Enter the set value with the 10-key. The sending dial cannot be interrupted.

0 EXECUTE Execution – 1 HIGH (SW) High group 0-15 2 HIGH-LOW (SW) High group, Low group 0-15

3. Select the soft SW reflection.

1 NO STORE TO SW Not reflected. 2 STORE TO SW Reflected. (Shift SW value changed.)

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send test)

Item Content

Setting

range

1

66-17

Purpose Operation check/test Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START] key.

When the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the simulation is terminated.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to check the DTFM signal send operation. (Signal send level: Max.)

66-19

Purpose Back up Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Data

Operation/Procedure

Select "1: YES" with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The data are backed up. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.)

* The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is exe-

cuted, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data cannot be used in the AR-FX5.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-20

Purpose Back up Function (Purpose) Section FAX Item Data

Operation/Procedure

Select "1: YES" with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The Flash ROM data are read out and written into the SRAM. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.)

* The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is exe-

cuted, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data cannot be used in the AR-FX5.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM.

Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM.

66-18

Purpose Operation check/test Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/Procedure

Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START] key.

When the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the simulation is terminated.

Used to check the DTFM signal send operation. (Signal send level: Set by soft SW.)

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 10

66-21

Purpose Check Function (Purpose) FAX information print Section FAX Item Data

Operation/procedure

1. Select the item to be printed.

2. Press the [START] key. The information of the selected item is printed.

Item Content 1 USER SW.LIST User setting list 2 SOFT SW.LIST Soft SW list 3 SYSTEM ERROR System error list

Used to print the system error log (error number and time).

Item Content

4 PROTOCOL Protocol error list

Regardless of soft SW38-1 status, the protocol monitor of the preceding communication is printed. (Printing is allowed at any time before starting the next communication.) For this operation, the protocol monitor of one

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-22

Purpose Setting Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

1. Select the set volume. (Max., Middle, Min.)

2. Press the [START] key. Switch of 1, 2, and 3 can be made during execution of the simulation. During execution of the simulation, sounds are generated. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-24

Purpose Data clear Function

(Purpose) Section FAX Item Data Initializing

Operation/procedure

Select "1: YES" with the 10-key and press the [START] key. The FAST storage data are cleared. (When "2: NO" is selected, the simulation is canceled.)

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only)

Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only)

communication is always buffered.

66-30

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Used to set the TEL/LIU. Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

When the relay state of the polarity reverse relay, the handset hook switch, or the external telephone hook switch is changed, the content of change is displayed regardless of the soft SW setup (real time). The display of change is kept until an interruption command is supplied by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.

Item

HS2 ON OFF HS1 ON OFF

RHS ON OFF

EXHS ON OFF

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-31

Purpose Setting Function (Purpose) Used to set the TEL/LIU. Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/Procedure

1. Enter the set value. (Valid only 0 to 8)

2. The entered bit is alternatively switched between "0" and 1" and the target signal name is highlighted.

3. Press the [START] key to send the signal.

When the [CUSTUM SETTINGS] key is pressed, the output is terminated.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Notification contents

Signal low Signal high

1 2 3 4 5

00001

66-32

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Receive data check Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

The fixed data received from the line are checked and the result is displayed.

When data are coincident, "OK" is displayed. When not, "NG" is displayed.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 11

66-33

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Signal detection check Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/Procedure

Signal detection is checked and the result is displayed. Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

66-34

Purpose Operation test/check Function (Purpose) Communication time measurement display Section FAX Item Operation

Operation/procedure

The send/receive test is performed, and the time required for send/ receive of the image data in the test is measured and displayed.

Setup on the user side when executing communication

Measuring range

Mode when measuring

How to check the time

Measuring unit

When there are two or more send/receive operations of image data in one communication, only the time of the last send/receive data near the end is measured.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

Send From flag reception before sending of

Receive From flag reception before reception of

Communication means Picture quality Density ECM Sender information

image data until sending of RCP frame

image data until reception of RCP frame Used to make communication not in a

simulation process but in the normal screen and measure the time. Enter the simulation for communication time check and check the time. msec

: Memory send : Normal Character : Lighter :ON :OFF

1. Sound kinds pattern

Sound kinds (Test sound) Sound volume set value RINGER Call sound DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. LINE MONITO Line monitor sound (Test

sound: communication signal sound)

ON HOOK On-hook (Test sound,

communication signal

sound) SCAN FINISH Scan finish sound DEF. LAR. MED. SMA. TX/RX FINISH Communication finish

sound DTMF DTFM send sound DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.

LAR: (MED. Value + 1) MED: (SMA value +1) - (LAR value - 1) SMA: 1 - (MED. Value + 1)

2. Sound volume pattern Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

DEF. LAR. MED. SMA.

1

66-41

Purpose Adjustment/Setting/Check Function (Purpose)

Operation/procedure

When the [START] key is pressed, the call signal from CI pin is detected to deliver the call sound to the line and the speaker. The volume of call sound follows the soft SW.

Signal detection and delivery of pseudo-call sound at detection are executed until the interruption command is provided by pressing the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.

Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.

CI signal check

66-37

Purpose Adjustment/Setting/Check Function (Purpose) Speaker sound volume adjustment Section FAX

Operation/procedure

The following test sound is delivered to the line and the speaker to adjust the sound kind and volume.

The send level to the line is the set value of soft SW. The set values of the selected sound kind and volume are written to

each soft SW.

AR-FX7 SIMULATION 6 - 12

[7] SOFT SWITCH

1. FAX soft switch setting change quick reference table

Large item Middle item Switch content Key operator Soft SW No. Usage

Dialing Remote machine

Redial In case of an error Resend interval Transmitter

Arrival (Call-in) When CI detection

External telephone

Communication General Send level None SW 15-4 – 8 When the remote machine cannot receive

Transmission G3/SG3 DIS reception check One-touch/

Reception G3/SG3 CSI transmission None

call disable

Signal detection Busy tone detection None SW 21-2 When busy tone detection disable

In case of an error Number of times of resend Transmitter

When busy Resend interval Transmitter

When busy Number of times of resend Transmitter

disable Setting of an

external telephone connected

Remote switch number

Remote switch setting

SG3 V34 mode function setup None SW 43-1 When SG3 communication error occurs

SG3 V34 send speed One-touch/

G3 V29 no modulation carrier None When an error occurs in the V29

SG3 V34 reception speed None When fall-down occurs frequently in the SG3

G3 Countermeasure against

Pause time Default setting SW 28-1 – 4 When dialing disable/when error dialing Dial call signal Default setting SW 22-5, 6 When dialing disable DTMF-related item None SW 64-4 – 8 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch

None SW 65-5 – 8 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch

None SW 26-1 – 5 When dialing disable in PBX (private branch

Pulse (10PPS) None SW 25-1 – 4 When pulse dialing disable

Busy tone detection None SW 51-1 – 2 When busy tone error is detected Dial tone detection None SW 21-1

function setting

function setting CI detection None SW 86-2, 3 No call-in CI signal OFF detection time None SW 87-1 – 7 No call-in Yes/No Default setting SW 41-1 When an external telephone is connected

Entry of a 2-digit number Default setting SW 7-1 – 8 When remote switch is erroneously detected

Yes/No None SW 6-8 When remote switch is erroneously detected

JBIG mode None SW 17-4, 8 When an error occurs in the JBIG mode

V34 symbol rate None SW43-4 – 6 When SG3 communication error occurs

Reduction, etc. Line equalizer None Setting is made referring to the distance from

Reduction, etc. Manual send V34 None SW 42-8 When an error occurs in the SG3

Modem send speed One-touch/

Reduction, etc. RTN reception error None SW 73-1 When judged as “OK” though RTN is received

Maximum reception length None When a document of 1m or longer is received Proxy reception None EQM dispersion inhibit None When a lot of errors occur due to the poor

None When an error occurs in phase B in reception echo in reception Modem speed in reception None SW 16-5, 6 When the line quality is poor and a fall-back

EYE-Q check only None SW 72-7 Change in the detection method of training

SW 14-5 – 8 When send errors occur frequently

SW 14-1 – 4

SW 13-5 – 8 Whey busy occurs frequently

SW 13-1 – 4

SW 69-8 When an error occurs in phase B

SW 16-1 – 4 To specified/unspecified destination

exchange/Fax service, etc.)

signals in a proper level.

frequently

the station when a communication trouble occurs.

When an error occurs in the SG3 communication.

communication in FAX service, etc.

communication

conditions of the line.

communication

or an error occurs

error

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 1

Large item Middle item Switch content Key operator Soft SW No. Usage

Reception print Paper selection Judgment of sub scan length None When printing is not made on desired paper

Output condition setup Reception

Automatic reduction print Reception

Magnification ratio in automatic reduction

Rotation reception print None When rotation print is not made Reception size setup Reception

Index Index print setup Reception

function setup

None When reduction print is not made on a fixed

function setup

SW 40-4 When an index is attached to the reception

When divided print instead of reduction print is required

When reduction print is not made

size paper

The reception capacity is displayed on the transmitter.

data

2. Soft SW list

∗ When a value outside the set range is inputted, the default is automatically set. ∗ Never change the switch whose item is specified as inhibition.

SW

Data

No.

1 Country information Binary 2 0 3 1

S

4 1

W

5 0

1

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 SIM language information Bit No. 1 2

2 English 0 1 0 3 Language information Binary

S

W

4 0

2

5 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 1 Sharp machine mode 1: ON 0: OFF ON 1 2 Sharp machine mode (F

code)

3 FAST mode

(Canada: Inhibited to use)

4 Center No. in FAST mode

(Canada: Inhibited to use)

5 Maintenance cycle

S

W

3

S

W

4

(Canada: Inhibited to use)

6 25K 0 1 1

75K110

8 Maintenance system 1: DM 0: AR AR 0 1 Inhibited to use 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 RingBackTone pre-send

times

6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

input Bit No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Japanese 0 0

input Bit No. 3 4 5 6 7 8

1: ON 0: OFF

1: Yes 0: No

1: Host-Tel-No. 0: Service-No.

Bit No. 5 6 7 75K 0 0 1 50K 0 1 0

10K 1 0 1

Free except for the above.

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

U.S.A. Canada

1: English

5678 0 to 15 times 0 fixed

U.S.A.

Canada

English

OFF 0

No 0

Service-No. 0

75K

0 time

1

0

0 Determine the

proper character according to the country information.

Functions in FAST operation.

0

020K 1 0 0

1

0 0 fixed

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 2

SW

Data

No.

1 Initialization control inside

program

2 For FAX debug 1: Debug mode ON 0: Debug mode OFF Debug mode OFF 0

S

3 Flash memory check

W

5

S

W

6

S

W

7

S

W

8

measuring range 4 ICU UART1 output 1: Not output 0: Output Not output 1 5 24V reset wait time Binary 6 0 7 1 8 0 1 Auto/Manual default setup 1: Manual reception 0: Automatic reception

2 Inhibited to use 0 3 Size specification Bit No. 3 4

4 Follows the

5 Inhibited to use 0 6 Memory transmission/

direction transmission

default setup 7 Quick memory transmission 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Allowed 1 8 Remote reception

instruction 1 Remote selection number

setup

2 Bit No. 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Image quality priority

selection

2 Super fine 0 1 0

3Fine101

4 Density default setup Bit No. 4 5 6 7 8

5 Light 10000

6 Middle 0 0 1 0 0 0 7 Slightly dark 0 0 0 1 0 0 8 Dark 00001 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: The all soft switches are initialized.

1: All areas 0: 256byte

input Bit No.

Setting range

Centimeter size 0 0 Inch size 1 0

machine information.

Follows the machine information.

1: Direct transmission 0: Memory transmission

1: Yes 0: No

Binary input

Setting range

Bit No. 1 2 3

Fine 0 0 1

Not used 1 0 0

Super fine + half tone

Ultra fine + half tone 1 1 1

Automatic 0 0 0 0 0

Slightly light 0 1 0 0 0

0: Does nothing.

5678 0 to 750ms

01

11

12345678 0 to 9 times

110

Does nothing. 0

256byte 0

500ms

Automatic

reception

Follows the

machine

information.

Memory

transmission

Standard

Automatic

Yes 1

5

Used to restrict initialization inside the program. (Use inhibited)

1

Manual receive setting is enabled

0

only when an external telephone is connected.

When setting is made to follow the

0

machine information, if the machine information is incomplete, the

1

paper size is set to the centimeter size.

0

0 When a value

outside the setting

0

value range is inputted, the initial value is set.

0Standard 0 0 0

0Ultra fine 0 1 1

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 3

SW

Data

No.

1 Proxy reception 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 2 Transfer function 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Allowed 1 3 Relay broadcast function 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Allowed 1 4 Inhibited to use 0

S

5 0

W

6 Cover function default setup 1: Yes 0: No No 0

9

7 Specified number receive

reject 8 Specified number receive

reject I manual receive 1 F-code relay broadcast

function 2 F-code confidential

reception 3 Yes/No of SUB capacity in

reception 4 Yes/No of SEP capacity in

S W 10

S W 11

S W 12

S W 13

reception

5 Yes/No of reception PWD

capacity

6 Yes/No of SID capacity in

reception

7 Judgment of the system

number of bulletin board

transmission 8 Send request protection 1: Not protected 0: Protected Protected 0 1 Department management 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Inhibited 0 2 Inhibited to use 0 3 Sender’s telephone number

registration 4 Yes/No of manual send

selection menu display 5 Distinctive ringing Bit No. 5 6 7 8

6 Standard/ON 0 0 0 1

7Pattern20100

8Pattern40010

1 Direct send recall Allow/

Inhibit 2 Inhibited to use 0 3 1 4 0 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 Remote selection models 1: Both call-in and call-out 0: Call-in only Call-in only 0 1 Recall times in busy Binary 2 0 3 1 4 0 5 Recall interval in busy Binary 6 0 7 1 8 1

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: Reject 0: Not reject

1: Inhibited 0: Allowed

1: No 0: Yes

1: Inhibited 0: Allowed

1: Allowed 0: Inhibited

1: No 0: Yes

1: Displayed 0: Not displayed

OFF 0 0 0 0

Pattern1 1000

Pattern3 1100

Pattern5 1010

1: Allowed 0: Inhibited

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

1234 0 to 14 times

5678 1 to 15 min

Not reject 0

Allowed 0

Inhibited 0

Displayed 1

Allowed 1

Reject 1

Yes 0

OFF

2 times

3 min

0

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 4

SW

Data

No.

1 Recall number in case of a

transmission error

2 0 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 Recall interval in

14

S W 15

S W 16

S W 17

S W 18

S W 19

communication error

6 0 7 0 8

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 Signal send level Binary 5 1 6 0 7 1 8 1 1 Modem speed (V.33 mode

or less)

2 V.27 4800bps 0 0 1 0

3 V.33 12.0kbps 0 1 1 0

4 V.17 7200bps 1 0 1 1

5 Modem speed in reception

fixed

6 V.27ter-4800BPS 1 0

7 EOL detection timer 1: 25sec 0: 13sec 13sec 0 8 RTN EOL send times 1: 6 times 0: 12 times 6 times 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 MH fixed (except for SG3) 1: Yes 0: None (depending on the

3 ECM MMR mode (except

for SG3)

4 ECM JBIG mode (except for

SG3) 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 MH fixed (SG3) 1: Yes 0: None (depending on the

7 ECM MMR mode (SG3) 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 8 ECM JBIG mode (SG3) 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 1 Setup of number of times of

call rings

2 0 3 1 4 0 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Minimum pause time

(10PPS) setup

2 0 3 0 4 1 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 1 2 3 4

V.29 9600bps 0 0 0 1

V.33 14.4kbps 0 1 0 0

V.17 12.0kbps 1 0 1 0

V.17 14.4kbps Other than the

Bit No. 5 6

V.29-9600BPS 0 1

V.17-14400BPS 1 1

1: Yes 0: No

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

1234 0 to 1 times

5678 0 to 15 min 0: Recall immediately after cutting the line

45678 0 (0dBm) to 26 (–26dBm)

V.17 14.4kbps

above

remote machine)

1234 0 to 9 times

1234 0 (525ms) to 15 (900ms) X (ms) = (N × 25) + 525

1 times

1 min

–11dBm

No fixing

No 0

Yes 1

No 0

2 times

750ms

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

1

0

1V.27 2400bps 0 0 0 0

0V.29 7200bps 0 0 1 1

0V.17 9600bps 1 0 0 1

0

0No fixing 0 0

0

1

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 5

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 SIM DTMF sound speaker

S W 20

S W 21

S W 22

S W 23

S W 24

selection window

6 Flash send wait time Bit No. 6 7

7 1sec 1 0

8 Receivable memory

capacity 1 Dial tone detection 1: Yes 0: No No 0 2 Busy tone detection 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 3 Dial tone monitoring time 1: 10sec 0: 5sec 5sec 0 4 CED detection time 1: 500ms 0: 1000ms 1000ms 0 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Waiting time for dial start Bit No. 1 2

2 5sec 1 0

3 CNG send start time Bit No. 3 4

41.0sec01

5 Tone/pulse default setup Bit No. 5 6

6 20PPS 0 1

7 DPMUTE control 1: ON 0: OFF OFF 0 8 DP dial pulse number

process 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 Monitoring polarity

reversion during send

image 3 Monitoring polarity

reversion during

communication 4 Setting of time before dial

(10PPS)

5 0 6 0 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 Waiting time for OFF HOOK Binary 6 1 7 0 8 1

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: Yes 0: No

0sec 0 0

0.5sec 0 1

2sec 1 1

1: 64Kbyte 0: 128Kbyte

4sec 0 1

6sec 1 1

0.5sec 0 0

1.5sec 1 0

10PPS 0 0

TONE 1 0

1: 10-N 0: Normal (N)

1: Yes 0: No

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

45678 0 (50ms) to 31 (360ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) + 50

5678 0 (50ms) to 15 (200ms) X (ms) = (N x 10) + 50

Normal (N) 0

No 0

0 fixed

0

0sec

0

128Kbyte 0

03.5sec 0 0

3.5sec

0

0.5sec 0

1

TONE

0

Fixed to NONE.

No 0

Fixed to NONE.

No 0

0

60ms

0

100ms

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 6

SW

Data

No.

1 Make time (10PPS) setup Binary 2 1 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 Inhibited to use 0

25

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 DTMF signal send time Binary 2 1 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 1

26

6 Minimum pause time

(DTMF) setup

7 1 8

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 Setting of time before dial

(DTMF)

3 1

S

4

W

5 Setting of DPMUTE OFF

27

S W 28

S W 29

S W 30

time after dial

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Pause time setup Binary 2 0 3 1 4 0 5 Flash send time Bit No. 5 6

6 270ms 1 0

7 Line open delay time in dial

test

8 4sec 1 0

1 Communication record

table automatic print

2 Time specification of

communication record table

3 Sequence of year, month,

and day on the LCD, the report, and the sender’s record

4 Day, month, year 1 0

5 Call time setup in automatic

transmission (T0 timer

6 0

setup)

7 1 8

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 Time specification print

(o’clock) on the

5 0

communication record table

6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

90ms 0 0 180ms 0 1

360ms 1 1 Bit No. 7 8

3sec 0 1

5sec 1 1

1: Yes 0: No

1: Allowed 0: Inhibited

Bit No. 3 4 Year, month, day 0 0 Month, day, year 0 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

1234 26 to 41ms by increment of 1ms

12345 6 (60ms) to 31 (310ms) X (ms) = (N × 10)

678 0 (90ms) to 7 (160ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) + 90

234 0 (30ms) to 7 (100ms) X (ms) = (N × 10) + 30

5678 0 (5ms) to 15 (80ms) X (ms) = (N × 5) + 5

1234 1 to 15sec

Month, day, year

11

5678 30 to 75sec by increment of 5sec

45678 00 to 23 o’clock

40ms

110ms

120ms

50ms

5ms

2sec

90ms

2sec

No 0

Inhibited 0

45sec

0 o’clock

1

0

1

0

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

0 fixed

0

02sec 0 0

0

When the value is outside the setting

0

range, the initial value is set.

1

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set. (Menu setting in the

1

unit of 15sec)

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 7

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 Time specification print

S W 31

S W 32

S W 33

(minute) on the

4 0

communication record table

5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Default telephone book

setup

2 Destination list

3 Next address key input in

broadcast

4 One-touch dial display

number switch

58 items01

6 Shift of the power OFF state

in shut off 7 Time indication format 1: AM/PM 0: 24H AM/PM 1 8 Priority in the day of week 1: Yes 0: No No 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 Report output on less than

A4 (LTR) 3 Inhibited to use 0 4 Contents of send document

are printed in memory send

error

5 Print all 0 1

6 Transmission document

content print in F code

transmission 7 Function to attach images

to the report table of

memory confidential send 8 Total communication time

and total number of pages

print on communication

record table

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 1 2 Basic screen 0 0

(50-character kana syllabary

Destination list (user)

1: Yes 0: No

Bit No. 4 5 6 items 0 0

12 items 1 0

1: Allowed 0: Inhibited

1: Reduction as A4 (LTR) images

Bit No. 4 5 Not print 0 0

When transmission is failed

1: Not print 0: Print

1: Yes 0: No

345678 00 to 59 min

01

10

0: Reduction by the record volume

10

Basic screen

Reduction by the

record volume

transmission is

0 min

No 0

8 items

Allowed 1

When

failed

Not print 1

No 0

Yes 1

0 When the value is

outside the setting range, the initial value is set.

0

1

0

1

0

SW33-4 – 5 must be set to output.

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 8

SW

Data

No.

1 Report output (in reception) Bit No. 1 2

2 Print all 0 1

3 Report output (in

transmission) 4 Print all 0 1

S

W

5 Communication report

34

S W 35

S W 36

S W 37

output (in confidential reception)

6 Report output (In broadcast,

sequential send request, and relay broadcast)

7 Print all 0 1

8 Report output when

canceling 1 Automatic reduction print 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Allowed 1 2 Paper selection priority 1: Width priority 0: Area priority Area priority 0 3 Output condition setup Bit No. 3 4

4 Division allowed 1 0

5 Automatic reduction rate

setup

6 1 7 1 8 0 1 Waiting time for PC-FAX job

end

2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 0 7 Waiting time for lift-up Bit No. 7 8

8 60sec 1 0

1 Thin paper setup 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Inhibited 0 2 Specification of 1m scan

when there is no line send

setting 3 Rotation send selection (A4

→ A4R) 4 Rotation transmission

selection (B5R → B5) 5 Rotation transmission

selection (A5R → A5) 6 Rotation transmission

selection (11 x 8.5 → 8.5 x

11) 7 Inhibited to use 1 8 Rotation scan word

calculation

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Print is inhibited. 0 0

Print is inhibited.

Only in case of an error

Bit No. 3 4 Print is inhibited. 0 0

Only when transmission is failed

1: Print 0: Not print

Bit No. 6 7 Print is inhibited. 0 0

Only the address to which transmission is failed

1: Output 0: Not output

Reduction allowed 0 0 AB 0 1

A11

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

15sec 0 1

120sec 1 1

1: Specification of 1m scan 0: Normal operation

1: Yes 0: No

1: Round up 0: Round down

10

5678 0 to 15%

1234 0 (32min) to 15 (2 min)

transmission is

Reduction allowed

Normal operation 0

Round down 0

Only when

failed

Print 1

Print all

Not output 0

6%

2 min

30sec

Yes 1

0

1

0

1

When the value is outside the setting

0

range, the initial value is set.

0

1

030sec 0 0

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 9

SW

Data

No.

1 Protocol monitor 1: Yes 0: No No 0 2 Output only in case of an

error of the protocol monitor 3 Protocol monitor save 1: Save 0: Void Save 1 4 Line sound monitor range Bit No. 4 5

S W 38

5All10

6 Line monitor display 1: Yes 0: No No 0 7 Inhibited to use 0 8 0 1 Received document output

setting in reception

2 Specification of data output

in case of a communication error in reception

3 Memory over during

S W 39

S W 40

S W 41

reception

4 Output method in A3 width

reception(AB series)

5 Output method in A4 width

reception(AB series)

6 Output method in A3 width

reception(Inch series)

7 Output method in A4 width

reception(Inch series) 8 Relay data output 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 1 Rotation print 1: Allowed 0: Inhibited Allowed 1 2 Override print setup 1: Override print 0: No override print Override print 1 3 Page number print setup 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 4 Index print setup 1: Print 0: Not print Not print 0 5 Duplex rotation print 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 6 Reception data duplex print 1: Yes 0: No No 0 7 Specification of print

sequence in duplex print 8 Specification of rotating

direction duplex back

surface print 1 External telephone

connection 2 Inhibited to use 0 3 0 4 0 5 Interval from completion of

a transmission to the next

6 0

call-out

7 0 8 1

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: Yes 0: No

OFF 0 0 Until NSF signal is sent/received

1: Output collectively after completion of reception.

1: Not output 0: Output

1: Output 0: Not output

1:297mm width 0:11 inch width

1:8.5 inch width print 0:210mm width print

1: 297mm width 0:11 inch width

1:8.5 inch width print 0:210mm width print

1: Print order (214365...) 0: Reception order

1: 180° rotation 0: No 180° rotation

1: Yes 0: No

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

01

11

0: Output for every reception of 1 page

(123456...)

5678 0 to 15sec

Until NSF signal is

sent/received

Output for every

reception of 1

297mm width 1

210mm width print 0

11 inch width 0

8.5 inch width print 1

180° rotation 1

No 0

page

Output 0

Output 1

Print order (214365...)

Yes 1

1sec

When the value is outside the setting

0

range, the initial value is set.

1

0

1

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 10

SW

Data

No.

1 Communication end buzzer

sound length 2

3

4 Transmission end sound

S W 42

S W 43

S W 44

S W 45

S W 46

tone

5 1000Hz 0 1

6 Reception end sound tone Bit No. 6 7

7 1000Hz 0 1

8 V.34 mode function in

manual communication 1 V.34 mode function 1: ON 0: OFF ON 1 2 Super G3 disabled in the

last call-out of recall in case

of an error 3 V.34 primary channel return

mode 4 Symbol speed mask in V.34

reception

5 2800 0 1 0

6 3200 1 0 0

7 V.34 control channel

communication speed 8 Control channel retrain

judgment in V.34 reception 1 V.34 primary channel

transmission speed

2 1 3 Transmission speed = 4 0 5 V.34 primary channel

reception speed

6 1 7 Transmission speed = 8 0 1 Speaker volume at scanner

scan end

2 Middle 1 0

3 Pattern number in scanning Binary 4 1 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Speaker volume in DTFM

send

2 Middle 1 0

3 Pattern number in DTMF

send

4 1 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 4 5 550Hz 0 0

1700Hz 1 0

550Hz 0 0

1700Hz 1 0

1: ON 0: OFF

1: Super G3 enabled 0: Super G3 disabled

1: PPh 0: Sh

Bit No. 4 5 6

2743 0 0 1

3000 0 1 1

3429 1 0 1

1: 2400bps 0: 1200bps

1: Ignore EQM value 0: Judge EQM value

Binary

input Bit No. 1 2 3 4

2400 (bps) × N

Binary

input Bit No. 5 6 7 8

2400 (bps) × N

Bit No. 1 2

Small 0 1

Large 1 1

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 1 2

Small 0 1

Large 1 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

123 1: 2.0sec 2: 2.5sec 3: 3.0sec 4: 3.5sec 5: 4.0sec

Super G3 disabled 0

Judge EQM value 0

However, N is 0 = 2400bps,

15 = 33600bps

However, N is 0 = 2400bps,

15 = 33600bps

345678 Pattern No.: 1 to 35

3.0sec

1000Hz

ON 1

PPh 1

3429

1200bps 0

33600bps

Middle

21

Middle

21

0

1

0

1

0

1

12400 0 0 0

0

1

1Silent 0 0

0

1Silent 0 0

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 11

SW

Data

No.

1 Volume of line monitor from

speaker

2 Middle 1 0

S

3 Line monitor pattern

W 47

S W 48

S W 49

S W 50

S W 51

number

4 1 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Volume of communication

end sound

2 Middle 1 0

3 Pattern number of

communication end sound

4 1 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 On-hook speaker volume Bit No. 1 2

2 Middle 1 0

3 On-hook pattern number Binary 4 1 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Call sound volume Bit No. 1 2

2 Middle 1 0

3 Ringing pattern number Binary 4 1 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Busy tone detection cycle Bit No. 1 2

2 6puls 1 0

3 Busy tone detection time

(Upper limit)

4 Busy tone detection time

(Lower limit)

5 Busy tone detection time

(Lower limit 2) 6 Inhibited to use 1 7 0 8 SDT signal detection 1: Yes 0: No No 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Bit No. 1 2

Small 0 1

Large 1 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 1 2

Small 0 1

Large 1 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Small 0 1

Large 1 1

input Bit No.

Setting range

Small 0 1

Large 1 1

input Bit No.

Setting range

4puls 0 1

10puls 1 1

1: 650ms 0: 750ms

1: 350ms 0: 250ms

1: 150ms 0: Follows SW51-4.

345678 Pattern No.: 1 to 35

Follows SW51-4. 0

1Silent 0 0

Middle

0

21

1Silent 0 0

Middle

0

21

1Middle 0 0

Middle

0

21

1Silent 0 0

Middle

0

21

02puls 0 0

2puls

0

750ms 0

250ms 0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 12

SW

Data

No.

1 DT/BT detection frequency

range

2 360Hz–440HzHz 1 0

3 Busy tone detection level

S W 52

S W 53

S W 54

S W 55

S W 56

S W 57

table

4 Busy tone detection level Bit No. 4 5

5 –33dB 1 0

6 Inhibited to use 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 1 4 0 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 1 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 1 8 0 1 Ring-back tone ON time Binary 2 0 3 0 4

5 Ring-back tone OFF time Binary 6 0 7 0 8

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Bit No. 1 2 Modem fixed (400Hz) 420Hz–680HzHz 0 1

245Hz–650Hz 1 1

1: variable (SRAM) 0: constant (ROM)

–35dB 0 1

–30dB 1 1

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

00

420Hz–680Hz

constant (ROM) 0

1234 0 to 3sec by increment of 200ms 0 fixed

5678 0 to 3sec by increment of 200ms 0 fixed

0

1

0–43dB 0 0

–43dB

0

00 fixed

0sec

0 00 fixed

0sec

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 13

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 External connection sound

volume

4

S

5

W 58

6

7

8

1 Signal send level Max. Binary 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 Transmission cable

S W 59

S W 60

S W 61

S W 62

S W 63

amplitude equalizer

6 8dB 1 0

7 Reception cable amplitude

equalizer

8 8dB 1 0

1 Reception SED ON level Bit No. 1 2

2 –33dB 1 0

3 Inhibited to use 0 4 Reception gain adjustment Binary 5 1 6 1 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 0 3 0 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 1 3 1 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 1 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 5 6

4dB 0 1

12dB 1 1 Bit No. 7 8

4dB 0 1

12dB 1 1

–38dB 0 1

–48dB 1 1

input Bit No.

Setting range

345678 0 (0.0dBm) to 48 (–24.0dBm) Step 0.5dBm 49 (–28.0dBm) 50 (–32.0dBm) 51 (–36.0dBm) 52 (–40.0dBm) 53 (–48.0dBm) 54 (–56.0dBm) 55 (–63.0dBm) 56 (– ∞ infinite (mute))

1234 0 (0dBm) to 15 (–15dBm)

45678 0 (+6.0dBm) to 24 (–6.0dBm) Step 0.5dBm

–10.0dBm

–8dBm

0dB

–48dB

0.0dBm

0

1

0

1

0

0 1

00dB 0 0

0

00dB 0 0

0

1–43dB 0 0

1

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 14

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 1 2 0 3 1

S

4 DTMF send level (high

W 64

S W 65

S W 66

S W 67

S W 68

level)

5 0 6 1 7 1 8 0 1 Maximum DTMF send level Binary 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 DTMF send level

(difference between high

6 0

and low level)

7 0 8 0 1 Default date, sender print 1: ON 0: OFF ON 1 2 Department number

notification

3 Date and sender print

position setup

4 Error message display in

manual send (For avoiding

violation of Patents) 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 Polarity reversion

settlement time

7 0 8 0 1 After sending CFR, double

wait is inhibited for 1.6sec.

2 0 3 0 4 0 5 Measurement of

communication time

(image) 6 Reduction transmission

mode 7 ECM 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 8 ECM byte/frame 1: 64 [bytes/frame] 0: 256 [bytes/frame] 256 [bytes/frame] 0 1 Recording paper tray

selection (Tray 1) 2 Recording paper tray

selection (Tray 2) 3 Recording paper tray

selection (Tray 3) 4 Recording paper tray

selection (Tray 4) 5 The tray specification of

Duplex print (Tray 1) 6 The tray specification of

Duplex print (Tray 2) 7 The tray specification of

Duplex print (Tray 3) 8 The tray specification of

Duplex print (Tray 4)

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: ON 0: OFF

1: Inside document 0: Outside document Outside

1: Allowed 0: Inhibited

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: Yes 0: No

1: Normal 0: Reduction

1: ON 0: OFF

45678 0 (0.0dBm) to 21 (–21.0dBm)

1234 0 (0.0dBm) to 15 (–15.0dBm)

5678 0 (–2.0dBm) to 15 (+5.5dBm) Step 0.5dBm

678 200 to 1600ms

1234 0 to 3000ms

–6dBm

0dBm

+2.0dBm

OFF 0

document

Inhibited 0

200ms

1600ms

Yes 1

Reduction 0

ON 1

0

1

0

1

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 15

SW

Data

No.

1 Reception size specification

(Reception capacity)

2 B4 (A4, B4) 0 1

3 11 inch reception capacity

setup 4 Maximum reception length 1: Unlimited 0: 1.5m 1.5m 0

S

5 Image quality in

W 69

S W 70

S W 71

transmission request

6Fine10

7 Countermeasures for echo

in reception (CED tone send interval)

8 Countermeasure for echo in

transmission (After reception of DIS, hold time

up to signal send is set.) 1 CED signal send 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 2 CSI transmission 1: Yes 0: No Yes 1 3 DIS reception check in G3

send 4 DIS process selection in

reception

5 When DIS judges that the receiver has poled

6 DIS 41Bit or later enable/

disable 7 Time between DCS and

TCF 8 TCF check time 1: 1.0sec 0: 1.3sec 1.0sec 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 Telephone line menu 1: Inhibited 0: Allowed Allowed 0 Allowed fixed 5 Inhibited to use 0 6 0 7 1 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Bit No. 1 2 By the equipped cassette

A3 (A4, B4, A3) 1 1

1: 255mm or 215mm 0: 303mm, 255mm or 215mm 303mm, 255mm

Bit No. 5 6

Super fine 0 1

Standard 1 1

1: 500ms 0: 75ms

1: 500ms 0: 200ms

1: 2 times 0: 1 time

Bit No. 4 5 Judged as reception of an echo and the command

is sent again. Disconnects the line as an illegal DIS 0 1

documents, poled transmission and the other are judged as reception of an echo and the command is sent again.

When DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission is made. When DIS judges that the transmitter received an echo, the command is sent again. In the other case, it is judged as improper DIS and the line is disconnected. 1: Void 0: Valid

1: 75ms 0: 150ms

00

10

11

By the equipped

cassette

or 215mm

Ultra fine

75ms 0

200ms 0

1 time 0

Judged as

reception of an

echo and the

command is sent

again.

Valid 0

75ms 1

0

0A4 1 0

0

0Ultra fine 0 0

0

Functions only when other than SG3.

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 16

SW

Data

No.

1 RCP send times Bit No. 1 2

29 times10

3 The number of the flag

S W 72

S W 73

S W 74

detection bytes

4 1 5 0 6 0 7 EYE-Q check 1: EYE-Q check only 0: 0 reception & EYE-Q

8 Operation when error frame

is received.

1 Error process in RTN

reception

2 RTN send line error rate Bit No. 2 3

3 60 lines 1 0

4 Flag-address timer setup

(V.21-FSK)

5 30sec 1 0

6 Reception waiting time

between frames

7 Minimum flags between

frames

84-flag10

1 FSK signal settlement time

in double wait

2 1 3 0 4 0 5 Preamble send time of

300bps

61.5sec10

7 Phase C head dummy data

send time

80.4sec10

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

6 times 0 1

12 times 1 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: Continues process. 0: Process is not continued.

1: Not error 0: Error

12 lines 0 1

120 lines 1 1 Bit No. 4 5

15sec 0 1

120sec 1 1

1: 4.4sec 0: 3.4sec

Bit No. 7 8

3-flag 0 1

5-flag 1 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

Bit No. 5 6

1.0sec 0 1

2.0sec 1 1 Bit No. 7 8

0.3sec 0 1

0.5sec 1 1

3456 0 to 15 times

check

(Judged as an error.)

1234 Settlement time = 50 (ms) x N + 200 (ms)

0 reception & EYE-Q check

Process is not

(Judged as an

3 times

4

continued.

error.)

Error 0

60 lines

6sec

3.4sec 0

2-flag

400ms

1.0sec

0.2sec

03 times 0 0

0

16 lines 0 0

0

06sec 0 0

0

02-flag 0 0

0

00.5sec 0 0

1

00.2sec 0 0

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 17

SW

Data

No.

1 Waiting time for CED send

start

2 3sec 0 1

3 CED signal send time Bit No. 3 4

4 5sec 1 0

S W

5 Waiting time for ANSam

75

S W 76

S W 77

S W 78

S W 79

S W 80

send start

6 3sec 0 1

7 ANSam signal send time Bit No. 7 8

8 5sec 1 0

1 Inhibited to use 1 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 1 6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 1 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0 4 1 5 1 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0 4 1 5 1 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0 4 1 5 1 6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Bit No. 1 2

2.25sec 0 0

4sec 1 0

4sec 0 1

6sec 1 1 Bit No. 5 6

2.25sec 0 0

4sec 1 0

4sec 0 1

6sec 1 1

0

2.25sec 0

03sec 0 0

3sec

0

2.25sec 0

03sec 0 0

4sec

1

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 18

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 1

81

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 CI signal ON time in V.8

mode

2 CI signal OFF time in V.8

mode 3 Inhibited to use 0 4 CI receive number to shift to

S W 82

S W 83

S W 84

S W 85

S W 86

non-V.34 communication

52 times10

6 CI send number to shift to

Non-V.34 communication

7 1 8

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 1 150V ON control 1: Yes 0: No No 0 2 CI detection Bit No. 2 3

3 2 sine wave 0 1

4 CI delete max. OFF time Bit No. 4 5

5 15sec 1 0

6 CI signal ON detection

enable time

7 0 8

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: 18byte 0: 9bytes

1: 2sec 0: 1sec

Bit No. 4 5

1 times 0 1

3 times 1 1

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

4 sine wave 0 0 3 sine wave 1 0

10sec 0 1

20sec 1 1

Binary input Bit No.

Setting range

678 0 to 7 times When N=0, retrain is not made.

11

678 0 (155ms) to 7 (225ms) by increment of 10ms

9byte 0

1sec 0

2 times

2

4 sine wave

10sec

155ms

1Does not shift. 0 0

0

When the value is outside the setting

0

range, the initial value is set.

0

05sec 0 0

1

0 PWB for Australia

only can be changed.

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 19

SW

Data

No.

1 CI signal OFF detectable

time

2 1 3 1

S

4 1

W

5 0

87

6 0 7 0 8 Inhibited to use 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

88

6 1 7 1 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 1 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 1

89

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 1

S

4 1

W

5 1

90

6 1 7 1 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

91

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 1

92

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

93

6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

Binary

input Bit No.

Setting range

1234567 0 to 1270ms by increment of 10ms

1

1200ms

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 20

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 1

94

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 T1 timer setup Binary

95

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

96

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

97

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

98

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

99

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

100

6 1 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

input Bit No.

Setting range

5678 15 to 90sec by increment of 5sec

0

40sec

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 21

SW

No.

Data

No.

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 1

W

5 1

101

6 1 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 1

102

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 1 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 1

103

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

104

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

105

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 1 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 1

106

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 0

107

6 0 7 0 8 0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 22

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

108

6 1 7 0 8 1 1 Print lead edge adjustment

(Left edge adjustment)

2 Binary 3 1 4

S W

5 Print lead edge adjustment

109

S W

110

S W

111

S W

112

S W

113

S W

114

(Lead edge adjustment)

6 Binary 7 1 8

1 Print lead edge adjustment

(Rear edge adjustment)

2 Binary 3 1 4

5 Print lead edge adjustment

(left edge position) rear

6 Binary 7 1 8

1 Print lead edge adjustment

(lead edge position) rear

2 Binary 3 1 4

5 Print lead edge adjustment

(rear edge position) rear

6 Binary 7 1 8

1 Print magnification ratio

adjustment (main scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Print magnification radio

adjustment (sub scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Scan effective image area

(OC) sub scan lead edge

2 Binary

image loss

3 0 4

5 Sub scan rear edge image

loss in scan effective image

6 Binary

area (OC)

7 0 8

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

234 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots

678 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines

234 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines

678 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots

234 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines

678 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines

2345678 0 to ± 12.7% by increment of 0.1%

234 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines

678 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines

0

48 dots

1

0

48 lines

1

0

48 lines

1

0

48 dots

1

0

48 lines

1

0

48 lines

1

0

0%

0

0%

0 0

+0 lines

0

0 0

+0 lines

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 23

SW

Data

No.

1 Scan effective image area

(OC) main scan left edge

2 Binary

image loss

3 0 4

S W

5 Scan effective image area

115

S W

116

S W

117

S W

118

S W

119

(OC) main scan right edge

6 Binary

image loss

7 0 8

1 Scan magnification

adjustment OC (main scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Scan magnification ratio

adjustment OC (sub scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Scan effective image area

(SPF) sub scan lead edge

2 Binary

image loss

3 0 4

5 Sub scan rear edge image

loss in scan effective image

6 Binary

area (SPF)

7

8

1 Scan effective image area

(SPF) main scan left edge

2 Binary

image loss

3 0 4

5 Scan effective image area

(SPF) main scan right edge

6 Binary

image loss

7 0 8

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

234 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots

678 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots

2345678 0 to ± 12.7% by increment of 0.1%

234 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines

678 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines

234 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots

678 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots

+0 dots

0%

+0 lines

+0 dots

0 0

0

0 0

0

0 0

0

0 Since the rear edge

of the SPF cannot be specified with

0

coordinates, it is pulled after scanning, Since the set value is not a coordinate

0

value, its unit differs from that of the other set values. The value cannot be increased

0

over the coordinates

specified in scanning. 0 0

0

0 0

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 24

SW

Data

No.

1 Scan effective image area

(SPF) rear sub scan lead

2 Binary

edge image loss

3 0 4

5 Scan effective image area

(SPF) rear sub scan rear

6 Binary

S

W

120

S

W

121

S

W

122

S

W

123

S

W

124

S

W

125

edge image loss

7

8

1 Scan effective image area

(SPF) rear main scan left

2 Binary

edge image loss

3 0 4

5 Scan effective image area

(SPF) rear main scan right

6 Binary

edge image loss

7 0 8

1 Scan magnification ratio

adjustment SPF (main

2 Binary

scan)

3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Scan magnification ratio

adjustment SPF (sub scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Print magnification ratio

adjustment rear (main scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Print magnification ratio

adjustment rear (sub scan)

2 Binary 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: +

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

234 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines

678 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines

234 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots

678 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots

2345678 0 to ± 12.7% by increment of 0.1%

+0 lines

+0 dots

0%

0 0

0

0 Since the rear edge

of the SPF cannot be

specified with 0

coordinates, it is

pulled after scanning,

Since the set value is

not a coordinate 0

value, its unit differs

from that of the other

set values. The value

cannot be increased 0

over the coordinates

specified in scanning. 0 0

0

0 0

0

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 25

SW

Data

No.

1 Scan magnification ratio

adjustment SPF rear (main

2 Binary

scan)

3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

126

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Scan magnification ratio

adjustment SPF rear (sub

2 Binary

scan)

3 0

S

4 0

W

5 0

127

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 1

128

6 0 7 1 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 0

129

6 0 7 1 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 1

130

6 0 7 1 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 0

S

4 1

W

5 0

131

6 0 7 0 8 0 1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 0

W

5 0

132

6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

1: – 0: + + 0

input Bit No.

Setting range

2345678 0 to ± 12.7% by increment of 0.1%

0

0%

0

0%

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 26

SW

Data

No.

1 Inhibited to use 0 2 0 3 1

S

4 1

W

5 0

133

6 0 7 0 8 0

Items SW selection and functions Default value Remarks

3. Soft switch descriptions

SW1 No.1–No.8 Country information

Destination setup

SW2 No.1, No.2 SIM language information

SIM language selection

SW2 No.3–No.8 Language information

Language selection

SW3 No. 1 Sharp machine mode

Sharp machine mode setup Default: 1 (ON)

SW3 No. 2 Sharp machine mode (F code)

Sharp machine mode (F code) setup Default: 0 (OFF)

SW3 No. 3 FAST mode (Canada: Inhibited to use)

Used to set Enable/Disable of FAST operation. This SW must be set to enable FAST operation by the serviceman. Default: 0 (NO)

SW3 No. 4 Center number in FAST (Canada: Inhibited to use)

Center number setup in FAST Default: 0 (Service-No.)

SW3 No.5–No.7 Maintenance cycle (Canada: Inhibited to use)

Setup for judgment of consumable parts notification when using the F.A.S.T. function.

This setup should be the same as SIM21-1 setup. Default: 0 0 1 (75K)

SW3 No. 8 Maintenance system

Setting of the machine model for judgment of consumable parts system in the FAST function

Default: 0 (AR)

SW4 No.1–4 Inhibited to use. SW4 No.5–No.8 RingBackTone pre-send times

Used to set RingBackTone pre-send times. Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15 times by binary input. Default: 0 time (fixed)

SW5 No. 1 Initialization control inside program

Used to set whether the all soft switches are initialized or not. When set to 1, the initialization is made. When set to 0, No initialization is made. Default: 0 (nothing is made)

SW5 No. 2 For FAX debug

Used to set ON/OFF of FAX debug mode. When set to 1, debug mode is ON. When set to 0, debug mode is OFF. Default: 0 (Debug mode OFF)

SW5 No. 3 Flash memory check measuring range

Operation check usually can be done by 256-byte check. Setting to 1 will check all areas of the flash memory. Note that it takes about 20 min.

Default: 0 (256 bytes)

SW5 No. 4 ICU UART1 output

Used to set whether ICU UART 1 output is made or not. Default: 1 (Output is not made)

SW5 No.5–No.8 24V reset wait time

Used to set the 24V reset wait time. The set range is 0 to 750 by binary input. Default: 500ms

SW6 No. 1 Auto/Manual default setup

Used to select Auto/Manual reception mode when turning on the power. (When no external telephone is connected, do not select Manual. However, setup is possible and reception can be made by onhook.)

When set to 1, manual reception. When set to 0, auto reception. Default: 0 (Auto reception)

SW6 No. 2 Inhibited to use. SW6 No.3, No.4 Size specification

Used to set inch series or AB series for recording paper when printing received documents.

Normally there is no need to change from “Follow the machine information.”

Default: 0 1 (follows the machine information)

SW6 No. 5 Inhibited to use. SW6 No. 6 Memory transmission/direction transmission

default setup

Used to select Memory/Direction transmission when the power is turned on and the time out is cleared.

When set to 1, direct transmission is selected when the power is turned on and the time out is cleared.

When set to 0, memory transmission is selected when the power is turned on and the time out is cleared.

Default: 0 (Memory transmission)

SW6 No. 7 Quick memory transmission

Used to set whether quick memory transmission (transmission of ringing before completion of scanning) is performed or not. Linked with the key operator program menu.

Default: 1 (Allowed)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 27

SW6 No. 8 Remote reception instruction

Used to set whether the remove switching function is allowed or not. When set to 1, the function is allowed. When set to 0, the function is not allowed. Default: 1 (Allowed)

SW7 No.1–No.8 Remote selection number setup

Used to set the number by binary input for remote switch reception from an external telephone. "**" in a remote switch number (X**) is fixed.

When 10 or greater value is entered, the operations will be the same as setup of 5.

Default: 5

SW8 No.1–No.3 Image quality priority selection

Used to set the initial value of image selection when scanning a document.

When set to 1 0 0, the same operation as standard mode. Default: 0 0 0 (standard)

SW8 No.4–No.8 Density default setup

Used to set the default density setup of the operation panel. Default: 0 0 0 0 0 (automatic)

SW9 No. 1 Proxy reception

When set to “1,” auto reception is accepted under the following conditions and substitution reception is made.

(1) No recording paper or jam (2) Remaining image memory capacity is 128KB or 64KB or above. (3) The number of memory reception (max. 50 items) and the number

of pages do not exceed the limit.

When set to 0, the automatic reception is not received when no recording paper or jam.

Default: 1 (YES)

SW9 No. 2 Transfer function

Used to set whether transfer function is allowed or not. Default: 1 (allowed)

SW9 No. 3 Relay broadcast function

Used to set whether the interface broadcasting command is received from the other party to perform interface broadcasting or the interface broadcasting command is not received from the other party.

When set to 1, the relay broadcast instruction from the allowed party is received.

When set to 0, the relay broadcast instruction even from the allowed party is not received.

Default: 1 (The relay broadcast instruction is received.) Though this function is set to disable, the interface broadcasting com-

mand can be sent.

SW9 No. 4 – No.5 Inhibited to use. SW9 No. 6 Cover function default setup

Used to set whether the cover is added or not in transmission. When set to 1, the cover is added. When set to 0, the cover is not added. Default: 0 (The cover is not added.)

SW9 No. 7 Specified number reception

Used to set ON//OFF the function to reject the fax reception from the specified numbers.

Default: 0 (Ignore specified number reception)

SW9 No. 8 Specified number reception in manual reception

Used to set whether reception from manual reception is rejected or not when reception function by specifying the number is ON.

Default: 1 (Reject specified number reception)

SW10 No. 1 F-code relay broadcast function

Used to set whether F code relay broadcast instruction from the other party is received and relay broadcast transmission is performed or F code relay broadcast instruction is not received (though the relay box number by SUB coincides with) from the other party.

Though this function is set to disable, F code instruction can be transmitted.

Default: 0 (Allowed)

SW10 No. 2 F-code confidential reception

Used to set whether F-code confidential instruction is received or not (though the confidential box number by SUB coincides with) from the other party.

Though this function is set to disable, F code transmission can be made.

Default: 0 (Allowed)

SW10 No. 3 Yes/No of SUB capacity in reception

Used to set notification of YES/NO of DIS signal Bit 49 SUB capacity. "1": No "0": Yes Default: 0 (YES) If set to “1” (NO), the F code transmission from the other party can be

inhibited.

SW10 No. 4 Yes/No of SEP capacity in reception

Used to set notification of YES/NO of DIS signal Bit 47 SEP capacity. "1": Inhibited "0": Allowed Default: 0 (allowed) When set to 1 (NO), F code polling is inhibited.

SW10 No. 5 Yes/No of reception PWD capacity

Used to set whether password function is judged or not for F code bulletin board polling.

"1": Password is not judged. Password is disregarded and communi-

cation is allowed.

"0": Password is judged. If password is not acceptable, communica-

tion is cut off.

Default: 0 (Password is judged.)

SW10 No. 6 Yes/No of SID capacity in reception

Used to set whether password is judged or nor in F code reception. "1": Password is not judged. Password is disregarded and communi-

cation is allowed.

"0": Password is judged. If password is not acceptable, communica-

tion is cut off.

Default: 0 (Password is judged.)

SW10 No. 7 Judgment of the system number of bulletin board transmission

Used to set whether the condition of coincidence between the system number of this machine and that of the other party machine is employed as a criterion to judge whether to allow bulletin transmission by receiving polling transmission from the other party machine made by our company.

"1": When the system number of the other party machine made by our

company coincide with the system number of this machine, polling is allowed.

"0": Though the system number of the other party machine made by

our company coincide with the system number of this machine, polling is inhibited.

Default: 0 (Inhibited)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 28

SW10 No. 8 Send request protection

Used to set YES/NO of the confidential protection function (inhibition of transmission to an erroneous party). Confidential protection is performed by collating the number registered in this machine and that in the other party’s machine. (Sender’s telephone number ↔ Send request allow number, System number ↔ ID number)

When set to 1, protection is not made. When set to 0, protection is made. Default: 0 (Protection)

SW11 No. 1 Dept. management

Used to set Enable/Disable of FAX using dept. management by the use of the dept. management function.

When set to 1, the department management function is enabled. When set to 0, the department management function is not used. Default: 0 (Dept. management is disabled)

SW11 No. 2 Inhibited to use. SW11 No. 3 Sender’s telephone number registration

Used to set whether the registered sender’s TEL No. can be changed or not.

When set to 1, sender’s TEL No. cannot be registered and changed. To prevent sender’s TEL No. from being changed erroneously, this is set to 1.

Default: 0 (Enabled)

SW11 No. 4 Yes/No of manual send selection menu display

Used to set whether the manual transmission selection screen is displayed or not.

Default: 1 (displayed)

SW11 No.5–No.8 Distinctive ringing

The function judges TEL or FAX by CI ringing. Default: 0 0 0 0 (OFF)

SW12 No. 1 Direct send recall Allow/Inhibit

Used to set Allow/Inhit of direct send recall. Default: 1 (allowed)

SW12 No.2–No.7 Inhibited to use. SW12 No.8 Remote selection models

Used to set remote selection models. Default: 0 (Call-in only)

SW13 No.1–No.4 Recall times in busy

Used to set the number of recall times in case of busy state of the other party or when call does not reach the other party.

Setup is made in the range of 0 – 14 times by binary input. When set to 0, recall is not made. Default: 2 times of recall

SW13 No.5–No.8 Recall interval in busy

Used to set recall interval after disconnection due to the busy state of the other party or no response.

The set range is 1 to 15 min in the increment of 1 min by binary input. When set to 0, it is the same as setup of 3 min. Default: 3 min

SW14 No.1–No.4 Recall number in case of a transmission error

Used to set the number of recall times in case of a communication error.

Setup is made in the range of 0 – 1 times by binary input. When set to 0, recall is not made. Default: 1 time of recall

SW14 No.5–No.8 Recall interval in communication error

Used to set recall interval after disconnection of communication due to a communication error in memory transmission.

The set range is 0 to 15 min in the increment of 1 min by binary input. When set to 0, recall is made immediately after disconnection. However, the time interval set by SW41-5–8 (Interval between the end

of a communication and the next call) is taken. Default: 1 min

SW15 No. 1 – No.3 Inhibited to use. SW15 No.4–No.8 Signal send level

Used to set the attenuation quantity of signal send level from the modem.

0 (0dBm) to 26 (–26dBm) Default: –11dBm

SW16 No.1–No.4 Modem speed (V.33 mode or less)

Used to set the speed to start communication. When communication troubles occur frequently, the speed may be reduced to solve the troubles.

Default: 1 0 0 0 (V.17 14.4kbps)

SW16 No.5, No.6 Modem speed in reception fixed

Used to set the start speed of reception procedure when receiving from the other party other than V.34.

bit 5 6

0 0 : No fixing 0 1 : V.29-9600BPS 1 0 : V.27ter-4800BPS 1 1 : V.17-14400BPS

When set to "no fixing," the operations are the same as V.1714400BPS.

The above four setups are possible. The reception procedure is started at the set communication speed.

Default: 0 0 (no fixing) Reception is made at the proper communication speed.

SW16 No. 7 EOL detection timer

Used to set the detection timer of EOL (End Of Life) when Phase-C reception.

When set to 1, the timer is set to 25sec. When set to 0, the timer is set to 13sec. Default: 0 (13 sec)

SW16 No. 8 RTN EOL send times

Used to set the RTN EOL send times. Default: 1 (6 times)

SW17 No. 1 Inhibited to use. SW17 No. 2 MH fixed (except for SG3)

Used to set whether the encoding system is fixed to MH or not in a mode other than SG3 communication.

When set to 1, the encoding system is fixed to MH. When set to 0, the encoding system is not fixed to MH. Default: 0 (The encoding system is not fixed to MH.)

SW17 No. 3 ECM MMR mode (except for SG3)

Used to set whether MMR encoding system is allowed or inhibited, except for SG3 communication.

When set to 1, MMR encoding system is allowed. When set to 0, MMR encoding system is inhibited. Default: 1 (MMR encoding system is allowed)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 29

SW17 No. 4 ECM JBIG mode (except for SG3)

Used to set whether JBIG encoding system is allowed or inhibited, except for SG3 communication.

When set to 1, JBIG encoding system is allowed. When set to 0, JBIG encoding system is inhibited. Default: 1 (JBIG encoding system is allowed)

SW17 No. 5 Inhibited to use. SW17 No. 6 MH fixed (SG3)

Used to set whether the encoding system is fixed to MH or not in SG3 communication.

When set to 1, the encoding system is fixed to MH. When set to 0, the encoding system is not fixed to MH. Default: 0 (The encoding system is not fixed to MH.)

SW17 No. 7 ECM MMR mode (SG3)

Used to set whether MMR encoding system is allowed or not in SG3 communication.

When set to 1, MMR encoding system is allowed. When set to 0, MMR encoding system is inhibited. Default: 1 (MMR encoding system is allowed)

SW17 No. 8 ECM JBIG mode (SG3)

Used to set whether JBIG encoding system is allowed or not in SG3 communication.

When set to 1, JBIG encoding system is allowed. When set to 0, JBIG encoding system is inhibited. Default: 1 (JBIG encoding system is allowed)

SW18 No.1–No.4 Setup of number of times of call rings

Used to set the number of call rings until reception is started in auto reception mode.

Setup is in the range of 0 – 9 (times) by binary input. When set to 0, no ring is made. Default: 2 times

SW18 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW19 No.1–No.4 Minimum pause time (10PPS) setup

Used to set the minimum pause time (10PPS). Setup is made in the range of 0 (525ms) – 15 (900ms) by binary input

of N in "X (ms) = (N × 25) + 525". Default: 750ms

SW19 No. 5–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW20 No. 1–No.4 Inhibited to use. SW20 No. 5 SIM DTMF sound speaker selection window

Used to set YES/NO of SIM DTMF sound speaker selection screen. Default: 0 (NO)

SW20 No.6, No.7 Flash send wait time

Used to set wait time from off-hook status to Flash signal transmission in the register recall function.

Default: 0 0 (0sec) (fixed)

SW20 No. 8 Receivable memory capacity

Used to set the remaining memory capacity for acceptance of call. When set to 1, ringing is made until the remaining memory capacity is

64KB or less. When set to 0, ringing is made until the remaining memory capacity is

128KB or less. Default: 0 (Ringing is made until the remaining is 128KB or less.)

SW21 No. 1 Dial tone detection

Used to set whether dial tone detection is performed or not in auto dial ringing.

"1": Yes "0": No When set to YES and dial tone is not detected, dial is not performed. Default: 0 (NO)

SW21 No. 2 Busy tone detection

Used to set whether busy tone signal is detected or not in ringing. When set to 1, busy tone is detected. When set to 0, busy tone is not detected. Default: 1 (Busy tone is detected.)

SW21 No. 3 Dial tone monitoring time

Used to set dial tone monitoring time when detecting dial tone. "1": 10sec "0": 5sec Default: 0 (5sec)

SW21 No. 4 CED detection time

Used to set CED/ANSam signal detection time. When the CED/ ANSam signal is detected for duration of the set time, it is recognized.

When set to 1, if a signal is detected for 500ms or more, it is recognized.

When set to 0, if a signal is detected for 1000ms or more, it is recognized.

Default: 0 (1000ms or more)

SW21 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW22 No.1, No.2 Waiting time for dial start

Used to set wait time from connection of the line to start of dial ringing. When ringing is made without detecting dial tone, ringing is made after

setting this time. When set to 0 0, ringing is made after 3.5sec. When set to 0 1, ringing is made after 4sec. When set to 1 0, ringing is made after 5sec. When set to 1 1, ringing is made after 6sec. Default: 3.5sec.

SW22 No.3, No.4 CNG send start time

Used to set the CNG send start time. Default: 0 0 (0.5 sec)

SW22 No.5, No.6 Tone/pulse default setup

Use line setting (Dial setting) Selection of 10PPS, 20PPS, and TONE is available. The setup items are as follows:

bit 5 6

0 0 : 10PPS 0 1 : 20PPS 10 :TONE

Default: 1 0 (Tone)

SW22 No. 7 DPMUTE control

Used to set whether DPMUTE control is used or not. 1: ON 0: OFF Default: 0 (OFF)

SW22 No. 8 DP dial pulse number process

Used to set the process of the number of DP dialing pulse. 1: 10-N 0: Normal (N) Default: 0 (Normal N)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 30

SW23 No.1 Inhibited to use. SW23 No. 2 Monitoring polarity reversion during send

image

Used to set YES/NO of monitoring polarity reversion during communication on the dialing side.

When set to 1, polarity reversion is monitored. When set to 0, polarity reversion is not monitored. Default: 0 (NO) (fixed)

SW23 No. 3 Monitoring polarity reversion during communication

Used to set whether the poolarity reversion is monitored or not during dialing.

When set to 1, polarity reversion is monitored. When set to 0, polarity reversion is not monitored. Default: 0 (NO) (fixed)

SW23 No.4–No.8 Setting of time before dial (10PPS)

Used to set the time before dial (10PPS) Setup is made in the range of 0 (50ms) – 31 (360ms) by binary input of

N in "X (ms) = (N × 10) + 50". Default: 60ms

SW24 No.1–No.4 Inhibited to use. SW24 No.5–No.8 Waiting time for OFF HOOK

Used to set the wait time of OFF HOOK. The set range is 0 (50ms) – 15 (200ms) in the increment of 10ms by

binary input of N in “X (ms) = (N x 10) + 50”. Default: 100ms

SW25 No.1–No.4 Make time (10PPS) setup

Used to set the make rate when dialing at 10PPS. The set range of N is 0 to 15 in binary input for the make rate of (N +26

ms), which ranges from 26 to 41 ms. Default: 40ms

SW25 No.5–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW26 No.1–No.5 DTMF signal send time

Used to set the send time when sending DTMF signal. Setup is made in the range of 60 – 310ms by binary input of N in

"10(ms) × N" in the increment of 10ms. N can be set in the range of 6 – 31. When N is set to 0, it is the same as 110ms (N=11). Default: 110ms

SW26 No.6–No.8 Minimum pause time (DTMF) setup

Used to set the minimum pause time (DTMF). Setup is made in the range of 90 – 160ms by binary input of N in "X

(ms) = (N × 10) + 90" in the increment of 10ms. N can be set in the range of 0 – 7. Default: 120ms

SW27 No. 1 Inhibited to use. SW27 No.2–No.4 Setting of time before dial (DTMF)

Used to set the time before dial (DTMF) Setup is made in the range of 30 – 100ms by binary input of N in "X

(ms) = (N × 10) + 30" in the increment of 10ms. N can be set in the range of 0 – 7. Default: 50ms

SW27 No.5–No.8 Setting of DPMUTE OFF time after dial

Used to set DPMUTE OFF time after dial. Setup is made in the range of 5 – 80ms by binary input of N in "X (ms)

= (N × 5) + 5" in the increment of 5ms. N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Default: 5ms

SW28 No.1–No.4 Pause time setup

Used to set the pause time. The set range is 1 sec to 15 sec by binary input. When set to 0 sec, the same as the setup of 2 sec. Default: 2sec

SW28 No.5, No.6 Flash send time

Used to set ON time of Flash pulse width to be sent in sending Flash signal to the line.

Default: 0 0 (90ms) (fixed)

SW28 No.7, No.8 Line open delay time in dial test

Used to set the line open delay time in dial test. Default: 0 0 (2 sec)

SW29 No. 1 Communication record table automatic print

Used to set whether the communication record table is printed automatically when each of transmission/reception data of communication record table reaches 50 items.

When set to 1, the table is automatically printed. When set to 0, the table is not printed though the data reaches 50

items. Default: 0 (No print)

SW29 No. 2 Time specification of communication record table

Used to set whether time is enabled or not in the output function of communication record table at the specified time.

Linked with the key operator program. Default: 0 (Inhibited)

SW29 No.3, No.4 Sequence of year, month, and day on the LCD, the report, and the sender’s record

Used to set the recording sequence of year, month, and day on the LCD, reports, and the sender’s record.

Default: Month, day, year

SW29 No.5–No.8 Call time setup in automatic transmission (T0 timer setup)

Used to set the call time when call does not reach the other party in auto send mode.

The set range is 30 to 75 sec in the increment of 5 sec by binary input of "(5 sec × N) + 30 sec)".

N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 10 – 15 (setup of 80 – 105 sec) comes the same as the setup of 45 sec.

Default: 45sec (N=3)

SW30 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use. SW30 No.4–No.8 Time specification print (o’clock) on the

communication report table

Used to set "o’clock" of the time (o’clock, min) when specifying the time on the communication report table.

Setup is in the range of 0 – 23 (o’clock) by binary input. When set to 24 – 31, the time is set to 0 o’clock. Default: 0 o’clock

SW31 No.1, No.2 Inhibited to use.

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 31

SW31 No.3–No.8 Time specification print (min) on the communication report table

Used to set "min" of the time (o’clock, min) when specifying the time on the communication report table.

Setup is in the range of 0 – 59 (min) by binary input. (When set to 60 – 63, the time is set to 0min.) Default: 0 min

SW32 No.1, No.2 Default telephone book setup

Used to set YES/NO of default telephone book displaying. Default: 0 0 (Basic screen)

SW32 No. 3 Next address key input in broadcast

Used to set YES/NO of Next address key input in broadcast. Default: 0 (No)

SW32 No.4, No.5 One-touch dial display number switch

Used to set the number of one-touch dial display. Default: 0 1 (8)

SW32 No. 6 Shift of the power OFF state in shut off

Used to set whether the shift of the power OFF state in shut off is allowed or inhibited.

Default: 1 (allowed)

SW32 No. 7 Time indication format

Used to set the sequence of year, month, and day in the LCD display, report, and sender record.

When set to 1, time is indicated in AM/PM format. When set to 0, time is indicated in 24H format. Default: 1 (AM/PM format)

SW32 No. 8 Priority in the day of week

Used to set the recording sequence of the day of month and the day of week if the date is in the sequence of month, day, and year.

Default: 0 (NO)

SW33 No. 1 Inhibited to use. SW33 No. 2 Report output on less than A4 (LTR)

Used to set the report output on less than A4 (LTR). Default: 0 (Reduction by the record volume)

SW33 No. 3 Inhibited to use. SW33 No.4, No.5 Contents of send document are printed

in memory send

Used to set Print/Not print part of the sent document in the transmission result table in case of a memory transmission error.

When set to 0 0, the transmitted document is not printed on the transmission result table.

When set to 0 1, all the transmitted document are printed on the transmission result table.

When set to 1 0, the transmitted document is printed on the transmission result table only when the transmission is failed.

Default: 1 0 (when the transmission is failed)

SW33 No. 6 Transmission document content print in F code transmission

Used to set whether the sent document content is print or not in F code transmission.

SW33-4 – 5 must be set to output. Default: 1 (Not print)

SW33 No. 7 Function to attach images to the report table of memory confidential send

Used to set whether images are attached to the report table of memory confidential send

Default: 0 (NO)

SW33 No. 8 Total communication time and total number of pages print on communication record table

Used to set Print/Not print the total communication time and the total number of pages on the communication record table.

When set to 1, the total communication time and the total number of pages are printed on the communication record table.

When set to 0, not printed on the communication record table. Default: 1 (YES)

SW34 No.1, No.2 Report output (in reception)

Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not when a reception (excluding confidential reception) is made.

Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only when transmission is failed" as follows:

bit 1 2

0 0 : Print is inhibited. 0 1 : Print all 1 0 : Only in case of an error

Default: 0 0 (printing is inhibited)

SW34 No.3, No.4 Report output (in transmission)

Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not after the transmission (excluding broadcast, sequential send request, and relay broadcast).

Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only when transmission is failed" as follows:

bit 3 4

0 0 : Print is inhibited. 0 1 : Print all 1 0 : Only when transmission is failed

Default: 1 0 (Only when transmission is failed)

SW34 No. 5 Communication report output (in confidential reception)

Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not when a confidential reception is made.

When set to 1, the communication report table is printed. When set to 0, the communication report table is not printed. Default: 1 (Print)

SW34 No.6, No.7 Report output (In broadcast, sequential send request, and relay broadcast)

Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not after the transmission (in broadcast, sequential send request, and relay broadcast).

Setup is selected from "print inhibition," "all output," and "only the address to which transmission is failed" as follows:

bit 6 7

0 0 : Print is inhibited. 0 1 : Print all 1 0 : Only the address to which transmission is failed

Default: 0 1 (All print)

SW34 No. 8 Report output when canceling

Used to set whether the communication report table is outputted or not when canceling transmission during document transmission.

When set to 1, the communication report table is printed. When set to 0, the communication report table is not printed. Default: 0 (No print)

SW35 No. 1 Automatic reduction print

Used to set whether the received document is automatically reduced and printed so that the print-out is fit in a fixed size when the document size is longer than the fixed sizes but smaller than the max. length of automatic reduction ratio.

When set to 1, the document is printed with automatic reduction. When set to 0, the document is printed without reduction. Default: 1 (Automatic reduction print enable)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 32

SW35 No. 2 Paper selection priority

Used to set whether the FAX reception paper is selected by data width priority or data area priority.

"1": Width priority "0": Area priority Default: 0 (area priority)

SW35 No.3, No.4 Output condition setup

Used to set whether the received data are reduced or divided to print when a document is received and there is no suitable size paper.

bit 3 4

0 0 : Reduction allowed 01 :AB 1 0 : Division allowed 11 :A

Default: 0 0 (Reduction print)

SW35 No.5–No.8 Automatic reduction rate setup

Used to set the length of a received document which can be automatically reduced and printed on paper longer than the fixed sizes when automatic reduction print is allowed.

Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15% by binary input of N in "100% – N × 1%."

Default: 94% (6% reduction)

SW36 No.1–No.4 Waiting time for PC-FAX job end

Used to set the waiting time for PC-FAX job end. The set range is 0 (32 min) to 15 (2 min) in the increment of 2 min by

binary input. Default: 2 min.

SW36 No.5, No.6 Inhibited to use. SW36 No.7, No.8 Waiting time for lift-up

Used to set the wait time before starting printing when the cassette is being lift up in print ready state.

Default: 0 0 (30 sec)

SW37 No. 1 Thin paper setup

Used to set whether the thin paper use is allowed or not. Default: 0 (Inhibited)

SW37 No. 2 Specification of 1m scan when there is no line send setting

Used to set “Reception specification of 1m” when SW37-3 – 6 (Rotation transmission selection) is set to NO.

Default: 0 (Normal operation)

SW37 No. 3 Rotation send selection (A4 → A4R)

Used to set whether A4 document is transmitted as A4 or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A4R.

When set to 1, the document is transmitted as A4 width. When set to 0, the document is transmitted as A3 width. Default: 1 (Transmitted as A4 width)

SW37 No. 4 Rotation transmission selection (B5R → B5)

Used to set whether B5R document is transmitted as B5R or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as B5.

When set to 1, the document is transmitted as B4 width (B5). When set to 0, the document is transmitted as A4 width (B5R). Default: 1 (Transmitted as B4 width)

SW37 No. 5 Rotation transmission selection (A5R → A5)

Used to set whether A5R document is transmitted as A5R or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A5.

When set to 1, the document is transmitted as A4 width (A5). When set 0, the document is transmitted as A4 width (A5R). (However, the transmission width is A4.) Default: 1 (Transmitted as A4 width (A5))

SW37 No. 6 Rotation transmission selection (11 × 8.5 →→→→

8.5 × 11)

Used to set whether Letter (landscape) document is transmitted as A3 width or the scanned image is rotated and transmitted as A4R width.

Default: 1 (Rotation)

SW37 No. 7 Inhibited to use. SW37 No. 8 Rotation scan word calculation

Used to set the rootation scan word calculation. Default: 0 (Round down)

SW38 No. 1 Protocol monitor

Used to set whether communication protocol result is printed after completion of communication or not.

Used for communication test. Default: 0 (No print)

SW38 No. 2 Output only in case of an error of the protocol monitor

Used to set whether protocol monitor is outputted only when a communication error occurs or every time when communication is completed. Effective when SW38-1 (Protocol monitor) is set to YES. However, only when SW38-1 is set to 1 (YES), protocol monitor is outputted in case of a communication error.

Default: 0 (NO)

SW38 No. 3 Protocol monitor save

Used to set whether the protocol monitor of the final communication is saved or not.

When set to "Saved," the preceding protocol monitor can be printed with SIM 66-21.

Default: 1 (Save)

SW38 No.4, No.5 Line sound monitor range

Used to set the line sound monitor range when the line monitor function is used.

Used to set to monitor NSF signal send/receive until NSF signal is sent/received.

When set to ALL, all procedures up to line disconnection are monitored.

The setup items are as follows:

bit 4 5

00 :OFF 0 1 : Until NSF signal is sent/received 10 :All 11

Default: 0 1 (Up to NSF signal send/receive)

SW38 No. 6 Line monitor display

Used to set whether the communication speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD or not.

Displayed on the communication status screen by pressing the job status key.

When set to 1, displayed on LCD. When set to 0, not displayed on LCD. Default: 0 (not displayed)

SW38 No. 7–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW39 No. 1 Received document output setting in

reception

Used to set whether all received documents are outputted at a time after completion of reception or each document is outputted every time when it is received.

When set to 1, all are outputted collectively after completion of reception.

When set to 0, output is made after reception of every page. Default: 0 (Output is made after reception of every page)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 33

SW39 No. 2 Specification of data output in case of a communication error in reception

Used to set whether the image on the page where a communication error occurred during image reception is printed or not.

"1": Setup not to print "0": Setup to print Default: 0 (Print)

SW39 No. 3 Memory over during reception

Used to set whether the received data are output or destroyed when memory is over during reception.

When set to 1, the received data are outputted. When set to 0, received data are disposed without output. The default is 1. (The received data are outputted.)

SW39 No. 4 Output method in A3 width reception(AB series)

Used to set whether an image of 297mm width is reduced and printed or an image of 11" width is printed without reduction on paper of 11" width when an image of A3 width is received. When set to 297mm width, if a document of 11" is received, both ends are not printed.

When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 297mm width. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 11" width. Default: 1 (Printing is made on paper of 297mm width.)

SW39 No. 5 Output method in A4 width reception (AB series)

Used to set whether printing is made on paper of 8.5" width or of 210mm width when an image of A4 width is received. When set to 8.5" width, if printed on A4(R), the image is reduced. When set to 210mm width, if a document of 8.5" is received both ends are not printed.

When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 8.5" width. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 210mm width. Default: 0 (Printing is made on paper of 210mm width.)

SW39 No. 6 Output method in A3 width reception (Inch series)

Used to set whether an image of 297mm width is reduced and printed or an image of 11" width is printed without reduction on paper of 11" width when an image of A3 width is received.

When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 297mm width. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 11" width. Default: 0 (Printed on paper of 11" width)

SW39 No. 7 Output method in A4 width reception (Inch series)

Used to set whether printing is made on paper of 8.5" width or of 210mm width when an image of A4 width is received.

When set to 1, printing is made on paper of 8.5" width. When set to 0, printing is made on paper of 210mm width. Default: 1 (Printed on paper of 8.5" width)

SW39 No. 8 Relay data output

Used to set whether the received document is outputted from the relay direction station when relay broadcasting direction is received.

When set to 1, the document received from the relay instruction station is printed.

When set to 0, the document received from the relay instruction station is not printed.

Default: 1 (Print)

SW40 No. 1 Rotation print

Used to set Enable/Disable of rotation print when the received document can be printed by rotation.

When set to 1, the received document is printed by rotation. When set to 0, the received document is not rotated. Default: 1 (Printed by rotation)

SW40 No. 2 Override print setup

Used to set whether the latter print job is performed or not when the former print job is suspended at the first page due to printable paper empty.

When set to 1, override print is allowed. When set to 0, override print is not allowed. Default: 1 (Override print is allowed)

SW40 No. 3 Page number print setup

Used to set whether the page number is added to the position where date and the sender’s information are printed. (In memory transmission, page number/total number of pages)

When set to 1, the page number is printed. When set to 0, the page number is not printed. Default: 1 (The page number is printed.)

SW40 No. 4 Index print setup

Used to set whether the index is printed on the received document or not.

When set to 1, the index is printed on the received document. When set to 0, the index is not printed. Default: 0 (The index is not printed.)

SW40 No. 5 Duplex rotation print

Used to set the duplex rotation print. Default: 1 (YES)

SW40 No. 6 Reception data duplex print

Used to set YES/NO of the reception data duplex print. Default: 0 (NO)

SW40 No. 7 Specification of print sequence in duplex print

Used to specify the print sequence in duplex print. Default: 1 (Print order (214365...))

SW40 No. 8 Specification of rotating direction duplex back surface print

Used to specify the rotating direction duplex back surface print. Default: 1 (180° rotation)

SW41 No. 1 External telephone connection

If this switch is not set to YES, an external telephone cannot be used. Default: 1 (YES)

SW41 No.2–No.4 Inhibited to use. SW41 No.5–No.8 Interval from completion of a

transmission to the next call-out

Used to set the time interval between the end of a communication and a call for the next communication.

Setup is made by binary input in the interval of 0 – 15sec. The initial setup is to ring in the interval of 1sec. Default: 1sec

SW42 No.1–No.3 Communication end buzzer sound length

Used to specify the length of the communication end sound. Default: 3.0 sec.

SW42 No.4, No.5 Transmission end sound tone

Used to set the transmission end beep sound tone in transmission. Default: 0 1 (1000Hz)

SW42 No.6, No.7 Reception end sound tone

Used to set the reception end sound beep tone in reception. Default: 0 1 (1000Hz)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 34

SW42 No. 8 V.34 mode function in manual communication

Used to set Enabled/Disabled V.34 mode function in manual communication.

When set to 1, V.34 mode function is enabled. When set to 0, V.34 mode function is disabled. Default: 1 (V.34 mode function is enabled.)

SW43 No. 1 V.34 mode function

Used to set whether V.34 mode is used for send/receive with the other party machine is provided with V.34 mode.

When set to 1, send/receive is made with using V.34 mode. When set to 0, send/receive is made without using V.34 mode. Default: 1 (Send/receive is made using V.34 mode)

SW43 No. 2 Super G3 disabled in the last call-out of recall in case of an error

Used to set Enable/disable of Super G3 in the last call-out of recall in case of an error.

Default: 0 (Super G3 is void)

SW43 No. 3 V.34 primary channel return mode

Used to set V.34 primary channel return mode. Default: 1 (PPh)

SW43 No.4–No.6 Symbol speed mask in V.34 reception

Used to set the symbol speed mask in V.34 reception. Default: 1 0 1 (3429)

SW43 No. 7 V.34 control channel communication speed

Used to set the communication speed of control channel in V.34 mode transmission.

When set to 1, the communication speed of control channel is 2400bps.

When set to 0, the communication speed of control channel is 1200bps.

Default: 0 (1200bps)

SW43 No. 8 Control channel retrain judgment in V.34 reception

Used to set the control channel retrain judgment in V.34 reception. Default: 0 (EQM value judgment)

SW44 No.1–No.4 V.34 primary channel transmission speed

Used to set the communication start speed in V.34 mode transmission. Setup is made in the range of 2400 – 33600bps by binary input of N in

"2400 × N". N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 0 comes 2400bps, 15

comes 33600bps. Default: N=14 (Transmission starts from 33600bps)

SW44 No.5–No.8 V.34 primary channel reception speed

Used to set the reception start speed in V.34 mode. Setup is made in the range of 2400 – 33600 bps by binary input of N in

"2400 (bps) × N". N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Setting to 0 comes 2400bps, 15

comes 33600bps. Default: N=14 (Reception starts from 33600bps)

SW45 No.1, No.2 Speaker volume at scanner scan end

Used to set the volume of scan end sound from the speaker when scan is completed.

Default: 1 0 (Medium)

SW45 No.3–No.8 Pattern number in scanning

Pattern of scan end sound volume (Large/Medium/Small) Default: 21

SW46 No.1, No.2 Speaker volume in DTFM send

Used to set the volume of transmission sound and DTMF sound from speaker when pressing on-hook button.

Default: 1 0 (Medium)

SW46 No.3–No.8 Pattern number in DTMF send

Pattern of volume in DTMF send (Large/Medium/Small) Default: 21

SW47 No.1, No.2 Volume of line monitor from speaker

Used to set the line sound volume from the speaker in FAX transmission.

Default: 1 0 (Medium)

SW47 No.3–No.8 Line monitor pattern number

Pattern of line monitor volume (Large/Medium/Small) Default: 21

SW48 No.1, No.2 Volume of communication end sound

Used to set the volume of communication end sound from the speaker when communication is completed.

Default: 1 0 (Medium)

SW48 No.3–No.8 Pattern number of communication end sound

Pattern of communication end sound volume (Large/Medium/Small) Default: 21

SW49 No.1, No.2 On-hook speaker volume

Used to set the volume from the speaker in on-hook. Default: 1 0 (Medium)

SW49 No.3–No.8 On-hook pattern number

Used to set the volume pattern (large/medium/small) in on-hook. Refer to SIM66-37. Default: 21

SW50 No.1, No.2 Call sound volume

Used to set the ringing sound volume. Default: 1 0 (Medium)

SW50 No.3–No.8 Ringing pattern number

Pattern of call sound volume (Large/Medium/Small) Default: 21

SW51 No.1, No.2 Busy tone detection cycle

Used to set the number of pulses of busy tone detected to recognize as busy tone.

When set to 0 0, 2 pulses are detected. When set to 0 1, 4 pulses are detected. When set to 1 0, 6 pulses are detected. When set to 1 1, 10 pulses are detected. Default: 0 0 (2 pulses are detected)

SW51 No. 3 Busy tone detection time (Upper limit)

Busy tone detection time (Upper limit) 1: 650ms 0: 750ms Default: 0 (750ms)

SW51 No. 4 Busy tone detection time (Lower limit)

Busy tone detection time (Lower limit) 1: 350ms 0: 250ms Default: 0 (250ms)

SW51 No. 5 Busy tone detection time (Lower limit 2)

Busy tone detection time lower limit 2 1: 150ms 0: Follows SW51-4. Default: 0 (Follows SW51-4)

SW51 No. 6, No. 7 Inhibited to use.

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 35

SW51 No. 8 SDT signal detection

Used to set whether SDT signal which is the second dial tone when transmitting to F net is detected or not.

When the SDT signal is not detected, dial is made normally even after “16×.”

When set to 1, the signal is detected. When set to 0, the signal is not detected. Default: 0 (Not detected)

SW52 No.1, No.2 DT/BT detection frequency range

Used to set the DT/BT detection frequency range. Default: 0 1 (420Hz to 680Hz)

SW52 No. 3 Busy tone detection level table

Used to set the busy tone detection level table. Default: 0 (constant (ROM))

SW52 No.4, No.5 Busy tone detection level

Used to set the lowest detection level when detecting busy tone. When set to 0 0, busy tone of –43dB is detected. When set to 0 1, busy tone of –35dB is detected. When set to 1 0, busy tone of –33dB is detected. When set to 1 1, busy tone of –30dB is detected. This setting is made when busy tone is erroneously detected. Default: 0 0 (–43dB)

SW52 No. 6–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW53 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW54 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW55 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW56 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW57 No.1–No.4 Ring-back tone ON time

Used to set the ON time of external telephone ring back tone. The set range is 0 to 3 sec in the increment of 200 ms by binary input. Default: 0sec (fixed)

SW57 No.5–No.8 Ring-back tone OFF time

Used to set the ring-back tone OFF time of external telephone. The set range is 0 to 3 sec in the increment of 200 ms by binary input. Default: 0sec (fixed)

SW58 No.1, No.2 Inhibited to use. SW58 No.3–No.8 External connection sound volume

Used to set External connection sound volume. The set range is 0 (0.0dBm) to 48 (–24.0dBm) in the increment of

0.5dBm by binary input. When set to 49 or greater, the setup value comes as below. 49=–28.0dBm 50=–32.0dBm 51=–36.0dBm 52=–40.0dBm 53=–48.0dBm 54=–56.0dBm 55=–63.0dBm 56 = – ∞ infinite (mute) Default: –10.0dBm

SW59 No.1–No.4 Signal send level Max.

Used to set Signal send level Max. The set range is 0 (0dBm) to 15 (–15dBm) in the increment of 1dBm by

binary input. Default: –8dBm

SW59 No.5, No.6 Transmission cable amplitude equalizer

Used to set Transmission cable amplitude equalizer. Default: 0 0 (0dB)

SW59 No.7, No.8 Reception cable amplitude equalizer

Used to set Reception cable amplitude equalizer. Default: 0 0 (0dB)

SW60 No.1, No.2 Reception SED ON level

Used to set Reception SED ON level. Default: 1 1 (–48dB)

SW60 No. 3 Inhibited to use. SW60 No.4–No.8 Reception gain adjustment

Used to set Reception gain adjustment. The set range is 0 (+6.0dBm) to 24 (–6.0dBm) in the increment of

0.5dBm by binary input. Default: 0.0dBm

SW61 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW62 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW63 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW64 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use. SW64 No.4–No.8 DTMF send level (high level)

Used to set the DTMF signal send level (high group). 0 (0.0dBm) to 21 (–21.0dBm) in the increment of 1dBm Default: –6dBm

SW65 No.1–No.4 Maximum DTMF send level

Used to set the maximum send level in DTMF signal send. Setup is made in the range of 0 (0.0dBm) to 15 (–15.0dBm) by binary

input. The setup is made in the increment of 1dB. Default: 0dBm

SW65 No.5–No.8 DTMF send level (difference between high and low level)

Used to set the DTMF signal send level (low group). 0 (–2.0dBm) to 15 (+5.5dBm) in the increment of 0.5dBm Default: +2.0dBm

SW66 No. 1 Default date, sender print

Used to set whether the registered sender information and date and time of transmission are printed at the top of the transmission document when a document is transmitted through the second line.

When set to 1, date and sender are printed. When set to 0, date and sender are not printed. Default: 1 (Date and sender are printed)

SW66 No. 2 Department number notification

Used to set whether the department number is transmitted as sender information when the department management function is enabled.

Default: 0 (OFF)

SW66 No. 3 Date and sender print position setup

Used to set the print position of date and transmitter information on the transmitted documents.

When set to 1, added upper inside the document. When set to 0, added outside the document. Default: 0 (Added outside the document)

SW66 No. 4 Error message display in manual send (For avoiding violation of Patents)

Used to set whether the error message is displayed or not when a communication error occurs in manual transmission.

Default: 0 (Inhibited)

SW66 No. 5 Inhibited to use. SW66 No.6–No.8 Polarity reversion settlement time

Used to set Polarity reversion settlement time. Setup is made in the range of 200ms – 1600ms by binary input. Default: 200ms

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 36

SW67 No.1–No.4 After sending CFR, double wait is inhibited for 1.6sec.

Used to set that the double wait is inhibited for 1.6sec. after sending CFR.

Setup is made in the range of 0ms – 3000ms by binary input. Default: 1600ms

SW67 No. 5 Measurement of communication time (image)

Used to set YES/NO of measurement. Used to measure the communication time in phase C. However, it is

the communication time in the latest phase C. (Unit: msec) Default: 1 (YES)

SW67 No. 6 Reduction transmission mode

Used to set whether the transmitted document is received in reduction size or both ends of recording paper are cut when the transmitted document width is greater than the recording paper width.

When set to 1, the document is sent without reduction with the both ends cut.

When set to "0", it is reduced and transmitted. Default: 0 (Reduction)

SW67 No. 7 ECM

Used to set whether ECM (Error Correction Mode) is performed or not. When, however, SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is set to OFF, or when SW43-1(V.34 mode function is set to ON and the transmission is not the super G3 transmission, ECM Disable setup is effective. This is because the ECM function is indispensable in a transmission other than super G3 transmission in V.34 mode and the other party machine may perform checking. With SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is ON and this reception function is disabled.

When set to 1, ECM is enabled. When set to "0", ECM is disabled. Default: 1 (ECM is enabled)

SW67 No. 8 ECM byte/frame

Used to set ECM byte/frame. Default: 0 (256 [bytes/frame])

SW68 No.1–No.4 Recording paper tray selection (Tray 1 –

4)

Used to select the tray for output of the received documents. Tray 1 to Tray 4 can be set to ON/OFF individually. When set to OFF,

the tray does not output received documents. Setup is made by selecting bit 1 – bit 4. Each bit is selected in the

sequence of tray 1 – tray 4. When 1 is selected, output is made by using that tray. When 0 is selected, output is not made by using that tray. Default: Tray 1 – tray 4 are used. (1)

bit 1 : Tray 1 bit 2 : Tray 2 bit 3 : Tray 3 bit 4 : Tray 4

SW68 No.5–No.8 The tray specification of Duplex print (Tray 1 – 4)

Used to select the tray for output of the duplex documents. Tray 1 to Tray 4 can be set to ON/OFF individually. When set to OFF,

the tray does not output received documents. Setup is made by selecting bit 5 – bit 8. Each bit is selected in the

sequence of tray 1 – tray 4. When 1 is selected, output is made by using that tray. When 0 is selected, output is not made by using that tray. Default: Tray 1 – tray 4 are used. (1)

bit 5 : Tray 1 bit 6 : Tray 2 bit 7 : Tray 3 bit 8 : Tray 4

SW69 No.1, No.2 Reception size specification (Reception capacity)

Used to set the receivable document width which is notified to the other party when receiving a document.

The setup items are as follows:

bit 1 2

0 0 : By the equipped cassette 0 1 : B4 (A4, B4) 10 :A4

1 1 : A3 (A4, B4, A3) Default: 0 0 (Varies depending on the installed cassette.) Max. allowed reception width selection

Max. allowed reception width is determined by Table 1 and Table

2. This determines the transmitted size from the other party. When set to A3 with SW69-12, only with B5 cassette, proxy recep-

tion is always performed. Do not use this combination. (Because division process in the main scanning direction is not performed.)

When set to A4 with SW69-12, , A3 document from the other party is not divided into A4 paper but reduction to A4width is requested to the other party.

• Max. allowed reception width setup

SW69

No.1 No.2

0 0 Depends on the

0 1 B4 A4 & B4 width 1 0 A4 A4 width 1 1 A3 A4 & B4 & A3 width

• Max. allowable reception width by installed cassette

[Max. paper size of installed

cassette with FAX function]

No cassette with FAX function → A3

Size specification

installed cassette.

→

A5 → A4 B5 → B4 A4 → A3 B4 → B4 A3 → A3

Allowable reception

width

Varies according to the table below.

[Sampled paper size (data

width)]

SW69 No. 3 11 inch reception capacity setup

When SW69-12, is set to “Depends on installed cassette,” the max. allowable reception width by 8.5" × 11" cassette is set.

When set to 1, the reception allowable width is 255mm or 215mm. When set to 0, the reception allowable width is 303mm or 255mm or

215mm. Default: 0 (the reception allowable width is 303mm or 255mm or

215mm)

SW69 No. 4 Maximum reception length

Used to set the receivable document width which is notified to the other party when a long document is sent from the other party.

When set to 1, reception is made without limitations. When set to 0, if reception of a document reaches 1.5m, reception is

terminated. Default: 0 (Reception is terminated after receiving 1.5m.)

SW69 No.5, No.6 Image quality in transmission request

Used to set the image capacity of the machine when send request (polling).

Reflected on DTC. Default: 0 0 (ultra fine)

SW69 No. 7 Countermeasures for echo in reception (CED tone send interval)

Used to select ON/OFF of countermeasures against echo. An interval of 500ms is inserted before DIS transmission. Default: 0 (75ms)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 37

SW69 No. 8 Countermeasure for echo in transmission (After reception of DIS, hold time up to signal send is set.)

Used to select ON/OFF of countermeasures against echo. An interval of 500ms is inserted before DCS transmission. Default: 0 (200ms)

SW70 No. 1 CED signal send

Used to set whether CED signal is sent or not. This setup is effective only when SW43-1 (V.34 mode function) is off. This is because V.34 mode requires sending of ANSam signal.

When set to 1, CED (ANSam) signal is sent. When set to 0, CED (ANSam) signal is not sent. Default: 1 (CED (ANSam) signal is sent)

SW70 No. 2 CSI transmission

CSI signal includes the telephone number registered as sender’s number. Used to set whether this signal is sent or not.

When set to 1, CSI signal is sent. When set to 0, CSI signal is not sent. Default: 1 (CSI signal is sent)

SW70 No. 3 DIS reception check in G3 send

Used to set whether DIS reception is checked or not in a send mode other than SG3 send.

When set to 1, DIS reception is always checked twice. When set to 0, DIS reception is checked once. Default: 0 (1 time)

SW70 No.4, No.5 DIS process selection in reception

Used to set the process when DIS is received. When set to 0 0, it is judged as reception of echo and the command is

sent again. When set to 0 1, the line is disconnected as improper DIS. When set to 1 0, when DIS judges that the receiver has poled docu-

ments, poled transmission and the other are judged as reception of an echo and the command is sent again.

When set to 1 1, when DIS judges that the receiver has poled documents, poled transmission is made. When DIS judges that the transmitter received an echo, the command is sent again. In the other case, it is judged as improper DIS and the line is disconnected.

Default: 0 0 (Judged as reception of echo, and the command is sent again.)

SW70 No. 6 DIS 41Bit or later enable/disable

Used to set Enable/Disable of DIS 41Bit or later Default: 0 (Enabled)

SW70 No. 7 Time between DCS and TCF

Used to set the time between DCS and TCF. Default: 1 (75ms)

SW70 No. 8 TCF check time

Used to set TCF check time Default: 1 (1.0sec)

SW71 No.1–No.3 Inhibited to use. SW71 No. 4 Telephone line menu

Used to set whether Tone/Pulse setup is displayed on the menu or not. Default: 0 (allowed) (fixed)

SW71 No. 5–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW72 No.1, No.2 RCP send times

Used to set RCP send times. Default: 0 0 (3 times)

SW72 No.3–No.6 The number of the flag detection bytes

Used to set the number of the flag detection bytes. Setup is made in the range of 0 – 15 by binary input. Default: 4

SW72 No. 7 EYE-Q check

Used to set whether TCF is checked or not in TCF reception. When set to 1, check is made only with EYE-Q value. Therefore, TCF

check becomes loose. When set to 0, check is made both with received data and EYE-Q

value. Default: 0 (check is made both with received data and EYE-Q value. )

SW72 No. 8 Operation when error frame is received.

Used to set the operation when image data with error frame is received.

"1": Continues process. "0": Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.) Default: 0 (Process is not continued. (Judged as an error.))

SW73 No. 1 Error process in RTN reception

Used to set whether RTN reception is treated as a communication error or not.

When set to 1, it is not judged as an error when RTN is received. When set to 0, it is judged as an error when RTN is received. Default: 0 (it is judged as an error)

SW73 No.2, No.3 RTN send line error rate

Used to set RTN send line error rate. Default: 1 0 (60 lines)

SW73 No.4, No.5 Flag-address timer setup (V.21-FSK)

Used to set the time between Flag-adrs during FSk signal reception in a communication other than V.34 mode.

FSK signal reception in V.34 does not conform to this soft switch. Default: 0 0 (6 sec)

SW73 No. 6 Reception waiting time between frames

Used to set Reception waiting time between frames. Default: 0 (3.4sec)

SW73 No.7, No.8 Minimum flags between frames

Used to set Minimum flags between frames. Default: 0 0 (2-flag)

SW74 No.1–No.4 FSK signal settlement time in double wait

Used to set FSK signal settlement time in double wait. Setup is made in the range of 200 – 950ms by binary input of N in "X

(ms) = 50 (ms) × N + 200". N can be set in the range of 0 – 15. Default: 400ms

SW74 No.5, No.6 Preamble send time of 300bps

Used to set the preamble send time of 300bps. Default: 0 1 (1.0 sec)

SW74 No.7, No.8 Phase C head dummy data send time

Used to set Phase C head dummy data send time. Default: 0 0 (0.2 sec)

SW75 No.1, No.2 Waiting time for CED send start

Used to set the waiting time for CED send start. Default: 0 0 (2.25 sec)

SW75 No.3, No.4 CED signal send time

Used to set CED signal send time. Default: 0 0 (3 sec)

SW75 No.5, No.6 Waiting time for ANSam send start

Used to set the waiting time for ANSam send start. Default: 0 0 (2.25 sec)

SW75 No.7, No.8 ANSam signal send time

Used to set ANSam signal send time. Default: 0 1 (4 sec)

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 38

SW76 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW77 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW78 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW79 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW80 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW81 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW82 No. 1 CI signal ON time in V.8 mode

Used to set the CI signal ON time in V.8 mode. Default: 0 (9 bytes)

SW82 No. 2 CI signal OFF time in V.8 mode

Used to set the CI signal OFf time in V.8 mode. Default: 0 (1sec)

SW82 No. 3 Inhibited to use. SW82 No.4, No.5 CI receive number to shift to non-V.34

communication

Used to set CI receive number to shift to non-V.34 communication. Default: 1 0 (2 times)

SW82 No.6–No.8 CI send number to shift to Non-V.34 communication

Used to set CI send number to shift to non-V.34 communication. Setup is made in the range of 0 – 7 by binary input. When set to 0, retrain is not made. Default: 2

SW83 No.1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW84 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW85 No. 1–No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW86 No. 1 150V ON control

Used to set YES/NO of 150V ON control. Default: 0 (No)

SW86 No.2, No.3 CI detection

Used to set the frequency to detect CI signal which is the calling signal as follows:

bit 2 3

0 0 : 4 sine wave 1 0 : 3 sine wave 0 1 : 2 sine wave

Default: 0 0 (4 sine wave)

SW86 No.4, No.5 CI delete max. OFF time

Used to set the max. wait time from detection of CI signal pulse (number of times) to the next CI signal pulse detection. If next CI signal pulse is not detected within this time, the number of calls up to now is cleared.

The setup items are as follows:

bit 4 5

00 :5sec 0 1 : 10sec 1 0 : 15sec 1 1 : 20sec

Default: 0 1 (10 sec)

SW86 No.6–No.8 CI signal ON detection enable time

Used to set the time to judge that CI signal is ON. The CI signal of less than this setup time is not regarded as ON. The set range is 0 (155ms) – 7 (225ms) in the increment of 10ms. Default: 155ms

SW87 No.1–No.7 CI signal OFF detectable time

Used to set the min. OFF time for judgment of CI pulse (16Hz call signal). When OFF time continues for more than the set time, it is judged as 1 pulse of CI.

The set range is 0 to 1270 by binary input of "N × 10ms". Default: 1200ms

SW87 No. 8 Inhibited to use. SW88 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW89 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW90 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW91 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW92 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW93 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW94 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW95 No. 1–No.4 Inhibited to use. SW95 No.5–No.8 T1 timer setup

Used to set time-out time from phase B to detection of signal. T1 time-out time is set in the range of 15 – 90sec (in the increment of

5sec). Default: 40sec

SW96 No.1, No.8 Inhibited to use. SW97 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW98 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW99 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW100 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW101 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW102 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW103 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW104 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW105 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW106 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW107 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW108 No. 1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW109 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (Left edge

adjustment)

Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the left edge in main scan direction can be

adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Default: 48 dots

SW109 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (Lead edge adjustment)

Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be

adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Default: 48 dots

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 39

SW110 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (Rear edge adjustment)

Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be

adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Default: 48 dots

SW110 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (left edge position) rear

Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the left edge in main scan direction can be

adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 dots in the interval of 16 dots Default: 48 dots

SW111 No.1–No.4 Print lead edge adjustment (lead edge position) rear

Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be

adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines Default: 48 lines

SW111 No.5–No.8 Print lead edge adjustment (rear edge position) rear

Setup of print image area void The quantity of void at the lead edge in sub scan direction can be

adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image void is increased. Setup of SIM 50-9 is reflected. 0 to ±112 lines in the interval of 16 lines Default: 48 lines

SW112 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment (main scan)

Used to adjust the print magnification radio in main scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW113 No.1–No.8 Print magnification radio adjustment (sub scan)

Used to adjust the print magnification radio in sub scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW114 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (OC) sub scan lead edge image loss

Used to set the image loss in OC scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can

be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss quantity is increased.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines Default: 0 lines

SW114 No.5–No.8 Sub scan rear edge image loss in scan effective image area (OC)

Used to set the image loss in OC scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can

be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity at the rear edge is increased.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines Default: 0 lines

SW115 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (OC) main scan left edge image loss

Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in OC scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines Default: 0 lines

SW115 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (OC) main scan right edge image loss

Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in OC scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 8 lines Default: 0 lines

SW116 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification adjustment OC (main scan)

Used to adjust the OC scan magnification ratio in main scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW117 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment OC (sub scan)

Used to adjust the OC scan magnification ratio in sub scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW118 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) sub scan lead edge image loss

Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can

be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss quantity is increased.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 lines in the interval of 81 lines Default: 0 lines

SW118 No.5–No.8 Sub scan rear edge image loss in scan effective image area (SPF)

Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can

be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity at the rear edge is increased.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 21 lines Default: +0 lines

SW119 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) main scan left edge image loss

Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 40

SW119 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) main scan right edge image loss

Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots

SW120 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear sub scan lead edge image loss

Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the lead edge in sub scan direction can

be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss quantity is increased.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots

SW120 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear sub scan rear edge image loss

Used to set the image loss in SPF scan image area. The quantity of image loss at the rear edge in sub scan direction can

be adjusted. When the set value is increased, the image loss quantity at the rear edge is increased.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±14 lines in the interval of 2 lines Default: +0 lines

SW121 No.1–No.4 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear main scan left edge image loss

Used to set the left edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX. Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots

SW121 No.5–No.8 Scan effective image area (SPF) rear main scan right edge image loss

Used to set the right edge image loss of main scan in SPF scan of FAX.

Setup of SIM 50-8 is reflected. 0 to ±56 dots in the interval of 8 dots Default: +0 dots

SW122 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF (main scan)

SPF main scan magnification ratio adjustment Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW123 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF (sub scan)

SPF sub scan magnification ratio adjustment Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW124 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment rear (main scan)

Used to adjust the print magnification radio in main scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW125 No.1–No.8 Print magnification ratio adjustment rear (sub scan)

Used to adjust the print magnification radio in sub scan direction. Setup of SIM 48-9 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW126 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF rear (main scan)

SPF main scan magnification ratio adjustment Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW127 No.1–No.8 Scan magnification ratio adjustment SPF rear (sub scan)

SPF sub scan magnification ratio adjustment Setup of SIM 48-8 is reflected. 0 to ±12.7% by increment of 0.1% Default: 0%

SW128 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW129 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW130 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW131 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW132 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use. SW133 No.1–No.8 Inhibited to use.

AR-FX7 SOFT SWITCH 7 - 41

[8] MACHINE OPERATION

1. Key operator program

A. List

Fax default settings

FAX send settings

FAX receive settings

Sending options

Default display settings Condition settings∗ / Address book (ABC) /

Must input next address key at broadcast setting ON / OFF∗ The number of direct address keys displayed setting 6∗ / 8 / 12 (keys) Initial resolution setting Standard∗ / Fine / Super fine / Ultra fine Half tone cannot be

Initial exposure setting Auto∗ / Manual (1 – 5) Own number and name set Registering / Un-registering∗ Dial mode setting Tone∗ / Pulse Pause time setting 1 – 15 (Increment of 1sec.) 2∗ (sec.) Speaker volume setting Speaker Small / Medium∗ / Great

Transmission complete sound setting Pattern 1 / Pattern 2∗ / Pattern 3 Transmission complete sound time setting 2.0 / 2.5 / 3.0∗ / 3.5 / 4.0 (sec.) Activity report print select setting Transaction report print select setting

Image memory print select setting Print out all report / Print out error report only∗ /

Remote reception number setting 0 – 9 5∗ Only when an extension

Distinctive ring detection STANDARD/PATTERN 1 – 5 / OFF∗ Auto reduction sending setting ON∗ / OFF Printing page number at receiver ON∗/ OFF Date/own number print position setting Outside the original image∗ / Inside the original

Rotation sending setting ON∗ / OFF Call timer at memory sending 30 / 45∗ / 60 (sec.) Recall in case of line busy Recall in case of communication error Quick on line sending ON* / OFF Default sending mode Memory sending∗ / Direct sending Auto cover sheet ON / OFF∗ Slow scan mode ON / OFF∗ Auto receive reduce setting ON∗ / OFF Duplex reception setting ON / OFF∗ Print style setting Print actual size cut of enable / Auto size select∗ Number of calls in auto reception 0 – 15 2∗ (times) Set the telephone number for data forwarding Registering / Un-registering∗ Index print ON / OFF∗ Received data print condition ON∗ / OFF A3 RX reduce ON / OFF∗ Enter junk fax number Registering / Un-registering∗ ANTI JUNK FAX ON / OFF∗ Passcode number setting Registering / Un-registering∗ Polling security setting ON∗/ OFF ID number mode Registering / Un-registering∗ This method can only be System number mode Registering / Un-registering∗ Relay passcode Registering / Un-registering∗ Confidential code set Registering / Un-registering∗

F-code memory box Polling memory Registering / Un-registering∗

Key operator program Set value (∗: Default value) Remarks

Ringer volume Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound Line monitor Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound Transmission complete sound Small / Medium∗ / Great / No sound

Auto print at memory full ON / OFF∗ Print daily at designated time ON / OFF∗ Single sending Print out all report / Print out error report only∗ /

Broadcasting Print out all report∗ / Print out error report only /

Receiving Print out all report / Print out error report only /

Confidential reception Print out notice page∗ / Not print out notice page

Number of times 1 – 15 2 (times)∗ Interval 1 – 15 3 (min.)∗ Number of times 1 – 15 1 (times)∗ Interval 0 – 15 1 (min.)∗

Confidential Registering / Un-registering∗ Relay broadcast Registering / Un-registering∗

Address book (Group)

selected for standard resolution.

No printed report

No printed report∗

No printed report

phone is connectedExternal telephone setting ON∗ / OFF

image

used if the other machine is also a Sharp machine (excluding certain models).

AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 1

B. Operating procedure

KEY OPERATOR CODE

LIST PRINT

RECEIVE MODE

SENDING ADDRESS LIST

FAX REPORT

PRINTER TEST PAGE

CONFIDENTIAL

RECEPTION LIST

TIMER LIST

ACTIVITY

REPORT PRINT

MEM.POLLING

LIST

PASSCODE LIST

The key operator program can be set from all the modes (copy, FAX, printer, scanner). When setup is completed, the mode returns to the original mode.

Note:

• When the key operator program is used, send/receive of FAX cannot be made.

• The key operator program cannot be used during send/receive of FAX or during communication.

(1) Common procedures

1) Press the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.

LINE DATA

STATU S

2) Touch the [KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS] key.

CUSTOM SETTINGS

TOTAL COUNT

TRAY SETTINGS

KEYBOARD

SELECT

3) Use the numeric keys to enter the five-digit key operater code.

CUSTOM SETTINGS

DISPLAY

CONTRAST

ADDRESS CONTROL

RECEIVE MODE

KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS

LIST PRINT

CLOCK

FAX DATA

FORWARD

EXIT

3) Touch a list name to output. Print is started.

KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS

LIST PRINT

FAX KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS LIST F-CODE MEMORY BOX LIST

JUNK FAX NUMBER LISTFAX ACCOUNT USAGE LIST

CONFIDENTIAL CODE LIST

• The list/report which can be printed

Key operator

Used to print the FAX key operator program.

program list (FAX) FAX account

usage list Confidential code

list

Used to print communication time and communication pages in each department.

Used to print the contents of confidential box registration (confidential box number, confidential box name, ID number).

F-code memory box list

Used to print the contents of F code confidential box registration, F code relay group registration, and F code bulletin board registration.

Junk FAX number

Junk FAX number list

list

(3) Print method of record table

1) Press the [CUSTOM SETTINGS] key.

LINE DATA

STATU S

CUSTOM SETTINGS

OK

is printed.

4) Touch the [FAX SETTINGS] key.

5) Press the [CLEAR ALL] key to exit the program.

(2) List output

1) Perform common operating procedures up to step 4).

2)

KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS

ACCOUNT CONTROL

COPY SETTINGS PRINT SETTINGS

LIST PRINT

ENERGY SAVE

KEY OPERATOR

CODE CHANGE

Touch the [LIST PRINT] key.

KEY OPERATOR PROGRAMS

ACCOUNT CONTROL

COPY SETTINGS PRINT SETTINGS

LIST PRINT

ENERGY SAVE

KEY OPERATOR

CODE CHANGE

OPERATION

SETTINGS

SCANNER

SETTINGS

PRODUCT KEY

OPERATION

SETTINGS

SCANNER

SETTINGS

PRODUCT KEY

2) Touch the [LIST PRINT] key.

EXIT

DEVICE CONTROL

FAX SETTINGS

3) Touch the [FAX REPORT] key.

4) Touch the key of the report that you wish to print. "PRINT JOB IN MEMORY.PLEASE WAIT UNTIL PRINT OUT."

appears and printing begins.

EXIT

DEVICE CONTROL

• The report is printed before other print jobs are printed.

Your machine keeps a record of the most recent 50 transactions (both transmissions and receptions) that were performed. The record

FAX SETTINGS

includes the date of the transaction, the other party’s name, the duration, and result. You can have the report automatically printed when the number of transactions exceeds 50, or at a specified time. This allows you to check the machine's activity at regular intervals.

The machine is initially set (factory setting) to never print the report. If you wish to print the report every 50 transactions or have it printed at a specified time, change the setting in the key operator programs.

AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 2

2. Power switch

ON

Keep the machine's power switch turned on at all times. Faxes cannot be received if the power is turned off.

Far edge

3. Originals

A. Original sizes

Minimum original size Maximum original size

Using the RSPF

Using the document glass

NOTE:

• Originals that are not a standard size (5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 5-1/2" x 8-1/ 2"R, 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14", 11" x 17") can also be faxed.

• Because the amount of memory is limited, the scannable length of a long original will vary depending on the resolution setting and the width of the original. If the memory fills up before the entire original can be scanned, use a lower resolution setting or shorten the original.

• There are restrictions on originals that can be scanned using the RSPF.

*Long originals

Depending on the resolution setting and the width of the original, there may not be sufficient space in memory to hold a long original. In this case, refer to the following table and select a lower resolution setting and/or shorten the original.

Standard 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] Fine 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] Super fine 39.3" [1000 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm] Ultra fine 34.6" [880 mm] 39.3" [1000 mm]

B. Scanning area of original

Note that the edges of an original cannot be scanned. Area that cannot be scanned:

• 0.2" [5 mm] or less at top edge and 0.2" [5 mm] or less at bottom edge

• Near edge + far edge = 0.24” [6 mm]

8-1/2" (width) x 5-1/2" (length) [210 mm (width) x 148 mm (length)] 5-1/2" (width) x 8-1/2" (length) [148 mm (width) x 210 mm (length)]

11" wide 8-1/2" wide

11" (width) x 39.3"* (length) [297 mm (width) x 1000 mm (length)]

∗ Long originals can be

loaded. When the scanning resolution is Ultra fine, the maximum length is 34.6" [880 mm].

11" (width) x 17" (length) [297 mm (width) x 420 mm (length)]

Top edge

Area that cannot be scanned

Near edge

Bottom edge

C. Automatic reduction of faxed document

If the width of the faxed document is greater than the receiving machine’s maximum receivable width, the document will be automatically reduced.

Faxed

document

width

11" x 17" 8-1/2" x 14" 8-1/2" x 14" 1 : 0.70

11" x 17" 8-1/2" x 11" 8-1/2" x 11"R 1 : 0.5

8-1/2" x 14" 8-1/2" x 11" 8-1/2" x 11"R 1 : 0.64

A document can also be faxed without reducing its size. In this case, the left and right edges will not be transmitted.

Receiving

machine’s

paper width

Reduced size Ratio

(Area ratio)

4. Own number sending

This function prints the date, time, your programmed senderís name, your programmed sender’s fax number, and the page number at the top center of each page that you fax.

Example of fax page printed out by the receiving machine

MAY-11-200X-FRI 03:00 PM SHARP PLANNING DIV. FAX No.0666211221 P.001/001

↑

1)

1) Date and time: programmed in the custom settings.

2) Sender’s name: programmed in the key operator programs.

3) Sender’s fax number: programmed in the key operator programs.

4) Page number: 3-digit number appearing in the format, "page number/total pages" (only the page number appears if you use manual transmission or Quick On-Line transmission). If desired, you can use a key operator program to have the page number omitted.

A. Position of sender's information

You can select whether the sender's information is added outside the printed fax image or inside the image in the key operator programs. The initial factory setting is outside the image.

Outside scanned data

↑

2)

Direction of transmission

Length of

scanned data

↑

3)

Length of

transmitted data

↑

4)

None of the transmitted image is cut off; however, the transmitted image is longer than the scanned image, and thus when both the sender and the receiver use the same size of paper, the printed fax may either be reduced or split up and printed on two pages.

AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 3

Inside scanned data

Direction of transmission

Length of

scanned data

transmitted data

The top edge of the scanned image will be cut off by the sender's information; however, when both the sender and the receiver use the same size of paper, the printed fax will neither be reduced nor split up and printed on two pages.

5. Quick On-line

When the RSPF is used for memory transmission and there are no previously stored jobs waiting or in progress (and the line is not being used), the machine dials the destination and begins transmitting scanned pages while the remaining pages are scanned. This transmission method is called Quick On-line. The messages "SCANNING ORIGINAL." and "CONNECTING." both appear until scanning of the final page is completed.

If the receiving party is busy when a Quick On-line transmission is attempted, the transmission will be automatically reattempted at a later time.

NOTE:

• The machine is initially set (factory setting) to perform Quick On-line transmission. If desired, you can turn off this function in the key operator programs.

• When an original is transmitted using the following methods, the job will be stored in memory (Quick On-line transmission will not be performed):

1) Sending from the document glass

2) Broadcast transmission

3) Timer transmission

4) F-code transmission

AR-FX7 KEY OPERATOR PROGRAM 8 - 4

[9] FLASH ROM VERSION UP

PROCEDURE

(Necessary items for version-up)

A Personal computer B RS232C cross cable (D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin, or D-sub 25pin to

D-sub 9pin)

C Software for version-up

(ROM type)

The flash ROM is directly installed to each PWB.

(Target PWB)

1 MCU PWB 2 FAX PWB

Outline of Version-up Procedure

(PC)

C

Download data

RS232C connector

B

RS232C cross cable

(D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin)

(D-sub 25pin to D-sub 9pin)

(9pin or 25pin)

or

A

Centro connector

3) Make sure only "Printer Control Board" tree is visible under "Simulation Command List".

4) Turn on the copier. The machine starts up in the download mode.

5) Additional tree will be visible when downloading maintenance program on PC.

∗ Make sure to start up maintenance program before turn on the

machine.

Ready to start download process when these trees appear.

I/F circuit (9pin)

1

MCU-PWB

FAX-PWB

2

(AR-M237/M277)

Prepare following files necessary for program download

• Maintenance software: maintenance.exe

• Andromeda module file: ProcModelC.mdl (for AR-M237/M277

series)

1. Program download method (for Copier, and fax program)

Following operational procedures are for:

• Copier program

• fax program

1) Make sure copier is off, and connect it to PC with download cable beforehand.

2) Start up the maintenance program on PC. Select model name "AR-M236/M276/M237/M277 Series" from the model selection dialogue box.

6) When downloading copier program, expand "Special(Copier)", and double-click on "All Data areas Download".

When downloading Fax program, Expand "FAX" and double click on "Program Data Area Download".

AR-FX7 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 9 - 1

7) Select download file(*.dat), and press "Open" button. 8) Download procedure starts automatically.

9) Notice message "Download is complete. Check the copier panel to make sure the download is complete." will appear on PC.

10) Close the maintenance program, and turn off the copier. Turn on the copier again after pulling the plug.

This is the end of download procedure.

∗ It is possible that download process somehow went wrong if the

copier does not start up properly. In that case, start up the copier and maintenance program in download mode by repeating the step

1)-5) again. And then, Expand "Special", and double-click on "Confirm Error Status". If any of the message besides "No error has been occurred" appears, it means that download is incomplete, so please try again.

2. Others (Troubleshooting)

Followings are the error possibly occur during the download process and troubleshooting method.

No Warning/error message Detail

1 Incorrect destination. Continue with the

download process?

2 Incorrect download file. Invalid download file for the machine is selected, or the file format is not correct.

3 No downloadable data included. Unable to find appropriate data in selected download file.

4 This option not available. Download procedure is executed on uninstalled optional kit.

5 The data size exceeds the Flash ROM size.

Try again with the appropriate size of data.

6 Time out error. Transmission error

7 Communication (incoming) error. Incorrect download procedure.

8 Checksum error. Transmission error

9 Error during the download process. Error

code: 0xXXXXXXXX

10 An error. [0xXXXXXXXX] The error occurred except the above errors.

Destination of download file and copier doesn't match. Possible to select either continue or cancel the job. [TROUBLESHOOTING] To change destination, select "Yes". If not, select "No" and cancel download process.

[TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.

[TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm installed optional kit. Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected. Panel flash ROM size is not enough to execute download procedure. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected. Exchange the flash ROM to the one which has more capacity.

Unable to receive data from the machine among the certain period of time. [TROUBLESHOOTING]

Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable.

The machine did not proceed download procedure correctly. [TROUBLESHOOTING]

Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable. Make sure the communication device of PC(either COM or parallel) is under right condition.

The check sum value of the transmission data is mismatch. [TROUBLESHOOTING]

Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC (either COM or parallel) is under right condition. Download data file operation error. [TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming the selected download file is not abnormal and not using other application.

[TROUBLESHOOTING] Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC(either COM or parallel) is under right condition.

AR-FX7 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 9 - 2

[10] TROUBLE CODE LIST

1. Machine trouble codes

Trouble

code

Main

Sub

code

F6 00 Content MCU-FAX communication trouble

Details Communication establishment error/

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

F6 10 Content FAX control PWB trouble

Details Communication trouble between MCU and

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

80 Content FAX control PWB communication trouble

Details Communication trouble between MCU and

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

81 Content FAX control PWB communication trouble

Details Communication trouble between MCU and

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

Details of trouble

framing/parity/protocol error

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error

Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM.

FAX control PWB

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error IC on FAX PWB causes abnormality

Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM. Replace the FAX PWB.

(Protocol)

FAX control PWB (Protocol error)

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error

Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM.

(Parity)

FAX control PWB (Parity error)

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM.

Trouble

code

Main

Sub

code

F6 82 Content FAX control PWB communication trouble

Details Communication trouble between MCU and

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

84 Content FAX control PWB communication trouble

Details Communication trouble between MCU and

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

88 Content FAX control PWB communication trouble

Details Communication trouble between MCU and

Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection

Check and remedy

99 Content FAX control PWB destination error

Details The machine destination setup does not

Cause The machine destination setup (Sim 26-6)

Check and remedy

Details of trouble

(Over-run)

FAX control PWB (Overrun error)

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error

Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM.

(Framing)

FAX control PWB (Framing error)

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error

Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM.

(Timeout)

FAX control PWB (Timeout error)

Defective harness between FAX control PWB and MCU PWB Motherboard connector pin breakage FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error Check connector/harness of FAX control PWB and MCU PWB. Check the grounding of the copier. Check FAX control PWB ROM.

coincide with the FAX board destination setup.

does not coincide with the FAX board setup Check the variety of FAX LIU PWB. Check the machine destination setup (Sim 22-6) and FAX country code (Soft SW table).

AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 1

2. Communication result code

Described on the communication report table, the communication management table, and the protocol communication report table when communication is completed.

A. Composition of communication report code

Communication result X X (X X X X) Upper 2 digits of a communication result code: Communication report

code of 00 - 90 (Refer to the list of communication report codes.) Lower 4 digits of a communication result code: Codes used by service-

man.

Top 2 digits Communication report sub code 1 (Refer to

Bottom 2 digits Communication report sub code 2 (Refer to

Note) Communication report sub code 1 and sub code 2 are in hexa-

decimal. (The others are in decimal.)

Result

code

0 Abnormal signal Abnormal signal 1 NSF, DIS (SID), (SUB), NSS, DCS 2 CFR (PWD), (SEP), NSC, DTC 3 FTT EOP 4MCF EOM 5 PIP, PIN MPS 6 RTN, RTP PRI-Q 7 No signal, DCN DCN 8 PPR PPS-EOP

9PPS-EOM 10 PPS-MPS, PPS-NULL 11 RNR RR 12 CTR CTC 13 ERR EOR-Q 14 PPS-PRI-Q 15 16 Abnormal signal Abnormal signal 17 NSF, DIS SID, SUB, NSS, DCS 18 CFR PWD, SEP, NSC, DTC 19 FTT PPS-EOP 20 MCF PPS-EOM 21 PIP, PIN PPS-MPS, PPS-NULL 22 RTN, RTP PRI-Q 23 No signal, DCN DCN 24 PPR 25 RNR RR 26 CTR CTC 27 ERR EOR-Q 28 PPS-PRI-Q 29 V.8 Phase-1 V.8 Phase-1 30 V.8 Phase-2 V.8 Phase-2 31 V.8 Phase-3 V.8 Phase-3

(Note) For result codes 16 - 31, V.34 mode communication. For 32 or later, refer to the table below.

Result code

(Communication

result) 0 – 31 Refer to the

Final reception signal

(Transmitting side)

33 Busy The calling side cannot

the list of communication sub code 1.)

the list of communication sub code 2.)

Final reception signal

(Receiving side)

Communication

report result

column

previous table.

Communication interruption

Depends on the communication disconnection position. For 16 or later, V.34 mode communication.

connect the line with the other party.

content

Result code

(Communication

result)

34 Cancel When a communication

35 Power OFF When the power is cur off

38 Reception

42 Reception

44 Document error When a document jam occurs

46 No response

48 OK Communication normal end 49 The other party

50 Polling is not

51 Polling allow

56 Interface not

59 The other party

60 F code polling

61 F code bulletin

Communication

report result

column

memory over

length over

from the other party

has no polling function.

accepted.

number discrepancy

accepted

has no function of F code bulletin board.

is not accepted.

board number discrepancy

Communication interruption

content

interruption command is delivered during transmission or reception, <Send/Receive/ Poll/Bulletin> When the operation is interrupted by the stop key.

during sending or receiving, <Send/Receive/Poll/Bulletin> When memory is over during reception, <Receive/Poll>. When printing cannot be performed during reception due to inhibition of proxy reception, <Receive/Poll> When the received data length of one page exceeds the range during reception, <Receive/Poll>

during direct transmission, <Send> When the FAX signal from the other party is not detected within T1 time, <Send/Poll>

When the called side has no polling function in polling reception, <Poll> When the called side has no transmission data, <Bulletin> When DCN is received for DTC in polling reception, <Poll> When there is no transmission data in polling transmission, <Bulletin> When the allow number does not coincide in polling transmission, <Bulletin> When the system number does not coincide in polling transmission, <Bulletin>

1) When DCN is received for NSS in transmission of the relay instruction, <Send>

2) When a receiving station number that is not registered is instructed in reception of the relay instruction, <Receive>

3) When F code relay instruction is received during F code relay broadcasting, <Receive>

When the other party machine does not have DIS bit 47 (Selective polling function) in F code polling (ringing), <Poll> When DCN is received for SEP in F code polling (ringing), <Poll> When there is no transmission data for SEP in bulletin board, <Bulletin> When the sub address (bulletin board number (SEP)) does not coincide in bulletin board, <Bulletin>

AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 2

Result code

(Communication

result)

62 F code bulletin

63 The other party

64 F code is not

67 F code

68 BOX NO. NG When a BOX number that is

69 Memory over Memory over in quick online

• When communication result is OK, the communication result sub code 1 and sub code 2 are 0000.

• < > indicates the communication means. <Send>, send; <Receive>, receive; <Poll>, polling; <Bulletin>, bulletin board

The status code from the modem in V.34 mode is indicated with the communication result sub code 1 (top 2 digits). However, the communication sub code 1 is 00 in communication other than V.34 mode.

Communication

report result

column

board password discrepancy

has no function of F code.

accepted.

password discrepancy

Communication interruption

content

When the pass code (PWD) does not coincide in bulletin board, <Bulletin> When the other party machine does not have DIS bit 49 (sub address capacity) in F code transmission, <Send>. Check that the other party machine conforms to F code. When F code is transmitted, <Send>

1) When DCN is received for SUB, check the BOX number.

2) When DCN is received for SID, check BOX number and the pass code.

When F code is received, <Receive> When the F code relay broadcast function or the F code confidential reception function is inhibited with soft switches. When the pass code (SID) does not coincide in F code reception, <Receive>

not registered is instructed (SUB discrepancy) in F code reception, <Receive>

sending

Result code 2

02 EOL time over Reception 03 Carrier detection time over Reception 06 Memory image decoding error Reception 07 Memory image decoding error Transmission 08 Time up between frames in phase C Transmission/

11 Polarity reversion detection Reception 12 Invalid command reception Reception 13 Time over (1min timer/6sec timer) Reception 14 PUT error Reception 15 In V.34 mode, time up is generated when

16 In V.34 mode, time up is generated when

20 Polarity reversion detection Transmission 21 Invalid command reception Transmission 22 Fall back retry number over Transmission 23 Resend over of the number of times of

24 Time over (T5 timer) Transmission 25 Time over (T5 timer) in V.34 mode Transmission 26 Time over occurrence during shift from

28 Modem chip answering NG Transmission/

Communication interruption content

shifting from Primary to Control.

shifting from Control to Primary.

command retry

Primary to Control in V.34 mode

Transmission/

Reception

Transmission

Reception

3. List of buzzer sounds in case of FAX abnormality

– : Long sound • : Single sound 3: Pause Example: In case of TEL/LIU connection abnormality

Beep sound

– • • • Expanded memory connection

– • • • • Internal DMA transfer abnormality Internal DMA transfer operation

– • • • • • TEL/LIU PWB connection abnormality TEL/LIU PWB is not connected to the

– • • • Program ROM (main section) writing not

– • • • • Program ROM (font section) writing not

– • • • • Work DRAM (IC13, 14) abnormality Work DRAM abnormality IC13, 14: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts

– • • • • • SRAM (IC41) abnormality 1 IC41: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts

– • • • • • • SRAM (IC41) abnormality 2 IC41: PWB solder trouble, PWB parts

– • – – MCU upload no responding MCU PWB does not respond. MCU PWB - main PWB connection – • • – System abnormality 1 Various internal operation abnormality PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble – • • • – System abnormality 2 Various internal operation abnormality PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble

{{– • • • • •} repeats {Pee • pi • pause • pi • pi • pi • pi}.

pattern

abnormality

completed

Information content Detail Trouble content

Expanded memory insertion abnormality Expanded memory reinsertion

abnormality

main PWB. Program ROM (main section) data abnormality Program ROM (font section) data abnormality

AR-FX7 TROUBLE CODE LIST 10 - 3

PWB solder trouble, PWB parts trouble

Download retry

trouble

[11] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1. Block diagram

A. Main block diagram

IMAGE PROCESSING GATE ARRAY

FAX UNIT

FAX MAIN PWB

IMAGE PROCESSING

MEMORY

SRAM 1Mbit

SRAM CONTROL

SCANNING PROCESS FLOW

COPIER

LINE

EX TEL

Speaker

Handset (Japan only)

LIU PWB

SILICON DAA

PSUED RINGER

(JAPAN ONLY)

ADD-ON MEMORY

(AR-MM9)

8MB

PRINT

I/F

MEM ORY back

up

VOICE IC

SI-3000

HANDSET

(Japan only)

ADD-ON

MEMORY

CONNECTOR

SCAN

I/F

Resolution

version

CPU

(SH7709A)

BACK UP

MEMORY

SRAM

2Mbit

2Mbit x 2

MODEM

MN195006-E

con-

VERTICAL

SCANNING

2/3X

3 x 3

PRINT PROCESS FLOW

BUS

BUFFER

IMAGE ROTA-

TING

WORK

MEMORY

SDRAM

16Mbit x 2

FAX IMAGE

MEMORY

FLASH ROM

16Mbit

Program

MEMORY

CONNECTOR

SDRAM

CONTROL

PAGE

MEMORY

SDRAM 128Mbit

VERTICAL

IMAGE

ROTATING

SCANNING

1/2X

CPU

I/F

FAX GA

I/F

MN

86065

I/F

SRAM

1Mbit

SYSTEM CONTROL GATE ARRAY

DMAC CONTROL

VOICE

IC I/F

Program ROM PWB

PROGRAM

FLASH ROM

(JAPAN)16Mb

x 2

(EX)8Mb x 2

CPU

RTC

GATE

ARRAY

I/F

MODEM

CON-

I/F

TROL

SRAM

CON-

I/F

TROL

MN

86065

I/F

CEDEC IC MN86065

MN86065

I/F

CODEC

MEMORY

SRAM

1Mbit

B. TEL/LIU PWB block diagram

Modular Connector

Surge/ Filter Circuit

FG

Relay

HOOK Detector

Circuit

Modular Connector to the External Telephone

DAA Circuit

(TNV Side)

CI Detector

Circuit

DAA Circuit

(Secondary

Side)

LIU

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 1

FAX main

MODEM

Copier

24Vdc 5Vdc

3.3Vdc

FAX Control

Program ROM

FAX Control

CPU Circuit

Power Supply

120Vac

Copier

Printer

I/F Unit

2. Circuit diagram

A. FAX MAIN PWB

8

FAX MAIN PWB (CPU)

D

S4B-PH-SM3-TB(NM)

GND

R505

0

+3.3V

X1

GND

+1.8V

C326 A33u/10

OUT

GND

TP132

3

2

GND

R231 0

GND

R504

C

R(NM)

OSC515101J IS-19.6608M Hz-3.3TR

+3.3V

R230 0

MEM2012(NM)

B

A

FB20 MEM2012(NM)

1

OE

4

VDD

C242 F0 .1u/16

FB5

GND GN D GN D

GND

CN1

PCTXD

1

PCRXD

2 3 4

2 4 6

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36

NCS036- 014-DS(NM)

R500 10K

R501 R( NM)

TP1505

R558 330F

C410

F0.1u/16

R502 R( NM)

FB6 MEM2012(NM)

C327 A33u/10

CN2

111112 131314 151516 171718 191920 212122 232324 252526 272728 292930 313132 333334 353536

GND

112 334 556 778 9910

1

3 4

C409

C270/25

IC3 XIN

XOUT2FS0 FS1 LF

+1.8V

TP672 TP671

+3.3V

ASMD0AUDATA0

AUDATA1 AUDATA2 AUDATA3 AUD SYNC -

CPU_T CK CPU_TMS TRSTCP U_TDI CPU_T DO ASEBRKR K-

AU DCK

+5V

8

VDD

7 6

MODOUT

5

VSS

P2782A- 08SR

C5

C6

C4

B470/50

F0.1u/16

B470/50

TP76 TP78

R273

10K

GND GND

R273: Program FLASH NM(Intel)/10K(Fujituu)

R274: Standard FLASH NM(Intel)/10K(Fujituu)

+3.3V

R559R(NM)

C7

F0.1u/16

R274

10K

7

BR7 MNR04 4.7K

678

4 5

R13 8 20 R14 8 20

R17 8 20 R18 8 20

R21 R( NM)

C400

F0.1u/16

R560 0

GNDGND

C8

F0.1u/16

RGDT-

123

R25 0

C9

F0.1u/16

BR8 MNR04 4.7K

678

4 5

R10 6 .8K

TP1129

LED1 LT1P67A

TP1128

LED2 LT1P67A

C10

F0.1u/16

R407 100

R3 100 R4 100

BR9 MNR04 4.7K

678

R5

3.3K

123

4 5

R398 0(3216)(NM)

Q1 KRC105S

TP1130 JP2 S D00415-52(NM)

GND

TP742

MD3

TP1042

TP1043

C12

C11

C13

C14

F0.1u/16

GND

F0.1u/16

C324 B1000/50

F0.1u/16

DQMU U DQMUL

F0.1u/16

+3.3V

R1

4.7K

R6

4.7K

R9 0

SRAMCL R-

BEC

1 2

+3.3V

1 2

JP3 SD 00415-52(NM)

GND

CPU_ CKIO

TP427

R32 10K

+3.3V

R35 10K

C16

C15

F0.1u/16

+3.3V

R49

10K TP704 TP716

D18 D A204K

R22 R(NM)

C17

F0.1u/16

R50

10K

R51 33 R52 33

6

R2

4.7K

VOL[ A]

K

A

C18

F0.1u/16

CI

FAXSR DY-

FAXCRDY -

+3.3V

L_BT-

LED

CPURE S-

AK

PWOF F-

FB4 MEM2012(NM)

R33 R(NM)

R36 R(NM)

C19

F0.1u/16

S_EN GDMA

GDMAE GCC H

FAXCMD

FAXSTS

VOL[ A]

GND

C20

F0.1u/16

R11 10K

R15 10K

R561 100

R19 10K

R23 10K

R24 10K

R28 10K

R31 10K R34 10K

R37 10K

C21

F0.1u/16

C22

F0.1u/16

R312 10K

C23

F0.1u/16

TP674 TP673 TP88 TP90

TP158 TP162 TP157 TP747

TP89 TP91

TP731

TP730

TP1127

TP92 TP676

TP1065

TP679

TP73 TP74 TP96 TP94

TP680 TP687 TP133 TP682 TP681 TP675

TP80 TP75

C24

F0.1u/16

TP77 TP79 TP83 TP81 TP93 TP82 TP85 TP86 TP705 TP703

R313 10K

5

IC 1 HD6417709A F100

166

TxD1/SCPT(2)

172

RxD1/SCPT(2)

165

SOK0/SCPT(1)

167

SCK1/SCPT(3)

168

TxD2/SCPT(4)

174

RxD2/SCPT(4)

170

RTS2/SCPT(6)

176

CTS2/IRQ5/SCP(7)

164

TxD0/SCPT(0)

171

RxD0/SCPT(0)

169

SCK2/SCPT(5)

127

ASMD0/PTG(6)

135

AUDATA(0)/PTG(0)

133

AUDATA(1)/PTG(1)

131

AUDATA(2)/PTG(2)

130

AUDATA(3)/PTG(3)

94

AUDSYNC/PTE(7)

139

TCK/PTF(4)/PINT(12)

137

TMS/PTF(6)/PINT(14)

136

TRST/PTF(7)/PINT(15)

138

TDI/PTF(5)/PINT(13)

128

ASEBRKAK/PTG(5)

151

AUDCK/PTH(6)

206

AN(6)/DA(1)/PTL(6)

112

CASHL/PTJ(4)

204

AN(5)/PTL(5)

193

RESETP

124

RESETM

7

NMI

194

CA

155

XTAL

156

EXTAL

4

XTAL2

5

EXTAL2

197

MD5

196

MD4

195

MD3

2

MD2

1

MD1

144

MD0

146

CAP1

149

CAP2

3

Vcc(RTC)

21

VccQ

35

VccQ

47

VccQ

59

VccQ

71

VccQ

85

VccQ

97

VccQ

111

VccQ

163

VccQ

183

VccQ

29

Vcc

81

Vcc

134

Vcc

154

Vcc

175

Vcc

145

Vcc-PLL1

150

Vcc-PLL2

205

AVcc(3.3V)

208

AVss

198

AVss

148

Vss-PLL2

147

Vss-PLL1

173

Vss

153

Vss

152

Vss

132

Vss

79

Vss

27

Vss

181

VssQ

161

VssQ

109

VssQ

95

VssQ

83

VssQ

69

VssQ

57

VssQ

45

VssQ

33

VssQ

19

VssQ

6

Vss(RTC)

184

RESETOUT/PTD(2)

143

IRLS(0)/PTF(0)/PINT(8)

142

IRLS(1)/PTF(1)/PINT(9)

141

IRLS(2)/PTF(2)/PINT(10)

140

IRLS(3)/PTF(3)/PINT(11)

126

IOIS16/PTG(7)

129

PTG(4)

11

IRQ3/IRL3/PTH(3)

125

ADTRG/PTH(5)

110

CASLH/CASU/PTJ(3)

107

RAS2L/PTJ(1)

92

WE3/DQMUL/ICIOWR/PTK(7)

91

WE2/DQMUL/ICIORD/PTK(6)

GND

8

7

6

5

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 2

F100

D31/PTB(7) D30/PTB(6) D29/PTB(5) D28/PTB(4) D27/PTB(3) D26/PTB(2) D25/PTB(1) D24/PTB(0) D23/PTA(7) D22/PTA(6) D21/PTA(5) D20/PTA(4) D19/PTA(3) D18/PTA(2) D17/PTA(1) D16/PTA(0)

BREQ BACK

WE0/DQMLL

WE1/DQMLU/WE

RD/WR

BS/PTK(4)

CS0/MCS(0)

CS2/PTK(0) CS3/PTK(1) CS4/PTK(2)

CS5/CE1A/PTK(3)

CS6/CE1B

DREQ0/PTD(4) DREQ1/PTD(6) DRAK0/PTD(1) DRAK1/PTD(0)

IRQOUT IRQ2/IRL2/PTH(2) IRQ1/IRL1/PTH(1) IRQ0/IRL0/PTH(0)

MCS(7)/PTC(7)/PINT(7) MCS(6)/PTC(6)/PINT(6) MCS(5)/PTC(5)/PINT(5)

MCS(4)/PTC4)/PINT(4) MCS(3)/PTC(3)/PINT(3) MCS(2)/PTC(2)/PINT(2) MCS(1)/PTC(1)/PINT(1) MCS(0)/PTC(0)/PINT(0)

DACK1/PTD(7) DACK0/PTD(5)

WAKEUP/PTD(3)

CAS2L/PTE(6)

CE2B/PTE(5)

CE2A/PTE(4) CAS2H/PTE(3) RAS3U/PTE(2) RAS2U/PTE(1)

TDO/PTE(0)

TCLK/PTH(7)

IRQ4/PTH(4)

STATUS1/PTJ(7) STATUS0/PTJ(6)

CASHH/PTJ(5)

AN(7)/DA(0)/PTL(7)

AN(4)/PTL(4)

AN(3)/PTL(3)

AN(2)/PTL(2)

AN(1)/PTL(1)

AN(0)/PTL(0)

CASLL/CASL/PTJ(2)

RAS3L/PTJ(0)

CKE/PTK(5)

CKIO WAIT

4

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10

D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25

RD

TP685

13

TP634

14

TP638

15

TP639

16

TP632

17

TP633

18

TP649

20

TP648

22

TP650

23

TP647

24

TP626

25

TP627

26

TP651

28

TP624

30

TP652

31

TP623

32

TP653

34

TP625

36

TP654

37

TP636

38

TP628

39

TP629

40

TP637

41

TP630

42

TP631

43

TP646

44

TP720

46

TP641

48

TP645

49

TP642

50 51

TP644

52

TP107

53

TP108

54

TP640

55

TP721

56

TP109

58

TP111

60

TP110

61

TP112

62

TP706

63

TP709

64

TP708

65

TP707

66

TP113

67

TP114

68

TP115

70

TP116

72

TP711

73

TP710

74

TP713

75

TP712

76

TP120

77

TP119

78

TP118

80

TP117

82

TP692

84 86

162 123

TP678

122

TP84

121

TP102

88

TP101

89

TP100

90

TP99

93

TP702

87

TP103

96

TP104

98

TP105

99

TP106

100

TP714

101

TP715

102

191 192

TP689 R47 33

189

TP688

190

TP87

160 10 9 8

177 178 179 180 185 186 187 188

115 114 182

116 104 103 117 118 119 120

159 12

158 157 113

207 203 202 201 200 199

108 106 105

BR1 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR5 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR12 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR16 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR20 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR24 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR28 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

R38 33 R41 33TP121

BR37 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

R45 33 R46 33

R48 33

TP726 TP724 TP725

6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33 6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

6 7 8

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

R43 10K

6 7 8

R44 33

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

R53 33 R54 33 R55 33

BR3

BR10

BR14

BR18

BR22

BR26

BR30

BR38

3

TUIKA1 WAIT-

RDWE0WE1RD /WRBS-

CS0CS2CS3CS4CS5CS6-

DR EQ[0]DR EQ[1]DRA K[0] DRA K[1]

IRQ 2IRQ 1IRQ 0-

BR2 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR6 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR13 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR17 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR21 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR25 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR29 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

R42 R(NM)

R39 R(NM)

SPMUTE HNDMUT E-

MPXA EC CML

S

CIO N 150VON-

TXSEL[A] VOLCNT [B] VOLCNT [A] VOL[ C] VOL[B] VOL[A]

C_BT

VRSEL[ 3]VRSEL[ 2]VRSEL[ 1]-

6 7 8

BR4 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR11 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR15 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR19 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR23 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR27 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

BR31 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 ( NM)

LIU ID HS1 RHS

EXHS-

+3.3V

6 7 8

+3.3V

CPU_ CKIO

6 7 8

D31

TP1067

D30

TP1074

D29

TP424

D28

TP1070

D27

TP1076

D26

TP425

6

D25

TP1072

7

D24

TP1078

8

D23

TP423

D22

TP1068

D21

TP1075

D20

TP1069

D19

TP1071

D18

TP1077

6

D17

TP426

7

D16

TP1073

8

D15

TP1094

D14

TP1093

D13

TP1092

D12

TP1085

D11

TP1088

D10

TP1091

6

D9

TP1084

7

D8

TP1087

8

D7

TP1090

D6

TP1079

D5

TP1083

D4

TP1086

D3

TP1089

D2

TP1080

6

D1

TP1081TP643

7

D0

TP1082

8

A0

TP125

A1

TP662

A2

TP661

A3

TP660

A4

TP666

A5

TP665

6

A6

TP664

7

A7

TP663

8

A8

TP659

A9

TP658

A10

TP657

A11

TP656

A12

TP667

A13

TP668

6

A14

TP669

7

A15

TP670

8

A16

TP655

A17

TP722

A18

TP736

A19

TP701

A20

TP735

A21

TP733

6

A22

TP734

7

A23

TP732

8

A24

TP1044

A25

TP723

TP97 TP677

+3.3V

TP693 TP700 TP694 TP699 TP695

TP698 TP696

6

TP697

7

TP719

8

TP718 TP717

TP417

TP683

TP95

TP409 TP1502 TP1503 TP1504

TP135 TP137 TP136

TP727 TP729

TP528 TP527 TP7 TP8 TP15 TP14 TP98

TP739 TP635

TP740 TP738 TP728

TP1260

TP123 TP124 TP122

+3.3V

R40

10K

BR39 MNR04 10K

678

123

4 5

2

TP686R16 0

GND

BR32 MNR04 10K

123

C325

B1000/50

CASLRAS3LCKE

TP737

R219 47

GND

BR33 MNR04 10K

678

4 5

GND

IC2

1

1G

1A481Y4 1A361Y3 1A241Y2 1A121Y1

19

2G

2A1112Y1 2A2132Y2 2A3152Y3 2A4172Y4

TC74LCX244FT

FB13 MEM2012(NM)

678

123

4 5

R408100

D[0 :15] D[1 6:31]

A[1:25]

VCC

GND

BR34 MNR04 10K

678

123

12 14 16 18

9 7 5 3

20

10

GND

TP129

BR35 MNR04 10K

678

4 5

HS2-

TP911 TP912 TP913

4 5

TP128 TP127 TP126

+3.3V

C1 F0.1u/16

123

BR36 MNR04 10K

678

123

4 5

1

R7 33

GND

R8 33

GND

R12 33

GND

TP415

FB1 MEM2012(NM)

TP216

FB2 MEM2012(NM)

TP1066

FB3 MEM2012(NM)

1/10

CKIO_G A1

CKIO_G A2

CKIO_S DRAM

WAIT-

RDWE0WE1RD/ WRBS-

CS0CS2CS3CS4CS5CS6-

DREQ[0]DREQ[1]DRA K[0] DRA K[1]

IRQ2IRQ1IRQ0-

D

C

B

A

4

3

2

1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 3

FAX MAIN PWB (FLASH)

2 2 2

R600 10K

D[1 6:31]

D[0 :15]

ROMPCE-

ROMPOEROMPWEROMPWP-

ROMRP-

RES-

RAMCE2

A[1:25]

R549 0

R553 R(NM)

R554 33

A21 A20

16

A19

17

A18

48 A17 A16 A15 D9 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9

18 A8

19 A7

R550

+3.3V

10K

20 A6

21 A5

22 A4

23 A3

24 A2

25

26

12

28

11

14

TP892

10

IC5 QS51 MBM29LV160 QS52~ MBM29LV800

ROMRP-

D

C

B

4

IC5

9

A19

DQ15

A18

DQ14

A17

DQ13 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

CE RP OE WE WP NC

MANRES-

FRESET

C41 C(NM)

DQ12

DQ11

DQ10

DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0

RY/BY

BYTE

VCC

GND GND

VPP

+3.3V

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MBM29LV160B E90PFTN(NM)

R63 10K

45 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29

15 47

13 37

27 46

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10

D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

TP895

C29

F0.1u/16

+3.3V

GND

9 8

TC74LCX14FT

IC6

A21

9

A19

A20

16

A19

17

A18

48

A17

1

A16

2

A15

3

A14

4

A13

5

A12

6

A11

7

147

IC11 A

A10

8

A9

18

A8

19

A7

20

A6

21

A5

22

A4

23

A3

24

A2

25

26 12 28 11 14

TP893

10

MBM29LV160B E90PFTN(NM)

IC6 QS51 MBM29LV160 QS52~ MBM29LV800

+3.3V

R62

TP385

10K

1

TP383

2

TP397

R64

0

C42 F0.1u/16

TP396

R66

0

C43

B2200/50

+3.3V

R56 1K

ROM PRY ROM PRY

R57

+3.3V +3.3V

10K

ROMPOE-

C27

ROMPWE-

A33u/10

C30

C37 F0.1u/16

IC9 D

ROMPWP-

GND GND

IC10

3

VCC

OUT

4

GND

RES

PST591IMT

+3.3V

TP422

1 2

TC74LCX05FT

GND

IC11 B

3 4

TC74LCX05FT

DQ15

A18

DQ14

A17

DQ13

A16

DQ12

A15

DQ11

A14

DQ10 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2

RY/BY

A1

BYTE A0

CE RP OE WE WP NC

1 2

SW1 SKH U(NM)

GND

GND GND

DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0

VPP VCC

+3.3V

GND

45 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29

15 47

13 37

27 46

147

GND

IC9A TC74LCX14FT

1SS355

TP894

F0.1u/16

D16

D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16

C31

F0.1u/16

C36 F0.1u/16

TP1236

TP1237

C32

R291

5.6K

ZD2

R58 10K

TP146

UDZ 2.0B

R292

2.2K

3

C28 A33u/10

B

ROMNCE-

ROMNOEROMNWEROMNWP-

IC20 C

14

5 6

7

TC74LCX04FT

R293 10K

TP1238 TP1239

Q13 KTC3875

E C

GND

TP145

R294 1K

R534 33

A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

TP272

9 16 17 48

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 12 28 11 14 10

+3.3V

EC

B

IC70

A19

DQ15

A18

DQ14

A17

DQ13

A16

DQ12

A15

DQ11

A14

DQ10

A13

DQ9

A12

DQ8

A11

DQ7

A10

DQ6

A9

DQ5

A8

DQ4

A7

DQ3

A6

DQ2

A5

DQ1

A4

DQ0 A3 A2

RY/BY

A1

BYTE

A0

VPP CE

VCC RP OE WE

GND WP

GND NC

MBM29LV16 0BE90PFTN

ROMBAN K0

ROMBAN K1

ROMOCE-

+3.3V

ROM ORY

RES-

ROMO CID1

Q14 KTA1504

TP1240

RAMCE2

R295 470(2012)

+3.

SW SW SW

R253 0

R254 0

R255 0

GND

TP392

TP391

TP390

IC11 D

9 8

TC74LCX05FT

IC11E

11 10

TC74LCX05FT

IC11 F

13 12

TC74LCX05FT

TP389

TP388

TP387

4

3

A

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 4

2

O

1

2/10

D

D15

45

DQ15 DQ14 DQ13 DQ12 DQ11 DQ10

RY/BY

BYTE

160BE90PFTN

BANK0

BANK1

MOCE-

MORY

RES-

MOCID1

RAMCE2

DQ9 DQ8 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ1 DQ0

VPP

VCC

GND GND

+3.3V

43 41 39 36 34 32 30 44 42 40 38 35 33 31 29

15 47

13 37

27 46

R600 10K

D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

R61 1K

ROMOOEROMOWPROMOWEROMOCD0 ROMOCD1

ROMO CID0

SRAMCL R-

+3.3V

TP268

R59 10K

C34

F0.1u/16

5 6

TC74LCX14FT

R226 10K

IC11C

TC74LCX05FT

IC9 C

R227 10K

56

C35 F0.1u/16

R228 10K

R60 1K

GND

R1020 33

10

12

13

123

R229 10K

123

SW2 RF-H 062TD-1130

654

C33 A33u/10

9

678

4 5

ROM NRY

+3.3V

147

BR46 MNR04 10K

IC72 C

8

TC74LCX32FT

IC72 D

11

TC74LCX32FT

R613 33

R614 33

+3.3V

C38

A33u/10

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15

+3.3V

C39

F0.1u/16

GND

6 7 8

8 7 6

CN1 0

13

A0

14

A1

15

A2

16

A3

17

A4

18

A5

28

A6

31

A7

32

A8

29

A9

33

A10

34

A11

36

A12

65

A13

66

A14

67

A15

68

A16

69

A17

70

A18

71

A19

41

A20

2

D0

3

D1

4

D2

5

D3

6

D4

7

D5

8

D6

9

D7

21

D8

22

D9

23

D10

24

D11

25

D12

26

D13

27

D14

35

D15/A-1

37

D16

38

D17

49

D18

50

D19

51

D20

52

D21

53

D22

54

D23

56

D24

57

D25

58

D26

60

D27

59

D28

62

D29

63

D30

64

D31

19

RP

45

RY/BY

48

BYTE

55

VPP

40

1CE

12

D15/A-1

42

2CE

43

NC

44

OE

46

WP

47

WE

11

NC

10

VCC

30

GND

61

VCC

1

GND

20

GND

39

GND

72

NC DMM2-SD 72A-1131

ROMRP-

ROM PRY

ROMPCE-

ROMPOEROMPWPROMPWE-

+3.3V

R552 10K

R551 33

+3.3V

A33u/10

C406

D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31

A1 A2 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20

BR130 4 5 3

6

2

7

BR131

1

8

4 5

MNR04 33

3 2

BR132

1

8

MNR04 33

2

7

3

6

BR133

4 5

1

MNR04 33

2 3

BR134

4 5

1

8

MNR04 33

2

7

3

6

BR135

4 5

1

MNR04 33

2 3

BR136

4 5

1

8

MNR04 33

2

7

3

6

BR137

4 5

1

MNR04 33

2 3 4 5

MNR04 33

R506 33

R379 10K

C40 F0.1u/16

BR147 MNR04 33

D0

4 5

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8

4 5 D9

3 D10

2 D11

1 D12 D13

MNR04 33 D14 D15

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

R547 33

+3.3V

C407

F0.1u/16

A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22

6 7 8

BR149

6 7 8

BR151

6 7 8

BR153

6 7 8

R548 10K

C408 F0.1u/16

BR148 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR150 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR152 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

BR154 4 5 3 2 1

MNR04 33

GND

6 7 8

CN11

13

A0

14

A1

15

A2

16

A3

17

A4

18

A5

28

A6

31

A7

32

A8

29

A9

33

A10

34

A11

36

A12

65

A13

66

A14

67

A15

68

A16

69

A17

70

A18

71

A19

41

A20

2

D0

3

D1

4

D2

5

D3

6

D4

7

D5

8

D6

9

D7

21

D8

22

D9

23

D10

24

D11

25

D12

26

D13

27

D14

35

D15/A-1

37

D16

38

D17

49

D18

50

D19

51

D20

52

D21

53

D22

54

D23

56

D24

57

D25

58

D26

60

D27

59

D28

62

D29

63

D30

64

D31

19

RP

45

RY/BY

48

BYTE

55

VPP

40

1CE

12

D15/A-1

42

2CE

43

NC

44

OE

46

WP

47

WE

11

NC

10

VCC

30

GND

61

VCC

1

GND

20

GND

39

GND

72

NC DMM2-SD 72A-1131

C

B

SW2-1 SW2-2 SW2-3

Normally operation

: With jumper : No jumper

GND

Download execution

(OP→STD)

Download creation

(STD→OP)

2

SRAM clear

A

1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 5

FAX MAIN PWB (SRAM)

D[1 6:31]

D[0 :15]

A[1:25]

A

B

A

C241

F0.1u/16

+3.3V

GND

RAMCERAMOERAMWERAMUBRAMLB-

RAMCE2

1

2

4

5

R287

R(NM)

147

IC72A

TC74LCX32FT

147

IC72B

TC74LCX32FT

GND

19 20 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21

35 34 18 17 16 15 14 36

33 37

IC13

A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

CLK CKE CS RAS CAS WE LDQM UDQM

NC NC

W981616BH

I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10

A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2

CKIO_ SDRAM

CKE

CS3RAS3LCASLRD/W RWE0WE1-

VBT3.3

GND

TP891 TP890

C52 A10u/16

A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

TP1114

R530 33

3

C252

C150/50

GND

A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

R531

TP1115

33

6

C253 C150/50

IC71

9

NC/A17 A1610I/O7

7

A15

11

A14

4

A13

12

A12

1

A11

31

A10

2

A9

3

A8

13

A7

14

A6

15

A5

16

A4

17

A3

18

A2

19

A1

20

A0

30

CE1

6

CE2

32

OE

5

WE

IS62WV 2568BLL-70

IC73

9

NC/A17 A1610I/O7

7

A15

11

A14

4

A13

12

A12

1

A11

31

A10

2

A9

3

A8

13

A7

14

A6

15

A5

16

A4

17

A3

18

A2

19

A1

20

A0

30

CE1

6

CE2

32

OE

5

WE

IS62WV 2568BLL-70

D15

29

D14

28

I/O6

D13

27

I/O5

D12

26

I/O4

D11

25

I/O3

D10

23

I/O2

D9

22

I/O1

D8

21

I/O0

8

VCC

VSS

I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0

VCC

VSS

C50

F0.1u/16

24

D7

29

D6

28

D5

27

D4

26

D3

25

D2

23

D1

22

D0

21

8

C51

F0.1u/16

24

VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC

GND GND GND GND GND GND

D15

49

D14

48

D13

46

D12

45

D11

43

D10

42

D9

40

I/O9

D8

39

I/O8

D7

12

I/O7

D6

11

I/O6

D5

9

I/O5

D4

8

I/O4

D3

6

I/O3

D2

5

I/O2

D1

3

I/O1

D0

2

I/O0

1 7 13 25 38 44

4

C44

10

F0.1u/16

26 41 47 50

+3.3V

C45

F0.1u/16

GND

1SS355(NM)

TP1233

F1u/10( 1608)(NM)

C46 A10u/16

+3.3V

D25

D24

R288 360

C417

R289

560

GND

CKIO_S DRAM

CKE

CS3RAS3LCASLRD/ WRDQMUL DQMUU

ZD3 UDZ 2.0B

TP1234

B

CE

A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2

TP889 TP888

R290 1K

Q11 KTC3875

GND

A

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 6

B

3/10

M E 3-

L-

-

RUL UU

.0B

234

Q11

KTC3875

A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2

R290 1K

TP889 TP888

19 20 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21

35 34 18 17 16 15 14 36

33 37

R1061 0

D26

1SS355(NM)

IC14

A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

CLK CKE CS RAS CAS WE LDQM UDQM

NC NC

W981616B H

TP1235

I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10

VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC

GND GND GND GND GND GND

R1058 20K

I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0

+3.3V

49 48 46 45 43 42 40 39 12 11 9 8 6 5 3 2

1 7 13 25 38 44

4 10 26 41 47 50

Q12 MMBTA56

RLS-73(NM)

D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16

C47 F0.1u/16

VBT3.3

D14

C48

F0.1u/16

+3.3V

C49 A10u/16

GND

D10

RB751V- 40(NM)

D3 1SS355

C53

A10u/16

+3.3V

D23 1SS3 55(NM)

R1057 0

+3.3V

+5V

GND GND

C55 A10u/16

TP1135

TP1007

TP1008

TP1009

12

GND

R74

1.6K

R78

1.6K

BT1 CR2477- H01

R80

0

TP1136

JP4 SD00415- 52(NM)

1 2

R75 82K

GND

R70 R(NM)

R76 R(NM)

GND

TP1134

R555 0

R507 R(NM)

R508 R(NM)

B

IC93

2

VCC

OUT

4

GND

NC

PST3426

GND

+5V+5V

84

3

+

1

2

IC16A

KIA393F( NM)

GND

6

-

5

+

IC16 B KIA393F( NM)

TP378

7

1

3

TP421

C58 C(NM)

R556 0

TP1137

R557 R(NM)

L_BT-

A

Q2 DTC36 3EKA T146

C_BT

BEC

GND

B

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 7

8

+

N

C

FAX MAIN PWB (MCU I/F)

7

6

5

D

C

B

CN4

TX24-60R-12ST-H1

+24V +24V +24V +24V

+5V +5V +5V

+5V / +5VS

+3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V

RESET-

NC / EXTRS

PWOFF-

NC / FAXWU-

PRLINESCLINEHSYNCREADY-

SG SG SG SG

FAXPAGE-

FAXDETFAXCMD

FAXSTS FAXCRDYFAXSRDY-

SG SG

GDATA0 GDATA1 GDATA2 GDATA3 GDATA4 GDATA5 GDATA6 GDATA7 GDATA8

GDATA9 GDATA10 GDATA11 GDATA12 GDATA13 GDATA14 GDATA15

SG SG

FAXPRDFAXREQ1PFAXACK1P-

FAXCS1P-

SG

FAXREQ0PFAXACK0P-

FAXCS0P-

SG SG

R387 0(3216)

C321

F0.1u/16

C63

C65

C70

K

A

D22 DA204K

678

123 TP1215

TP1214 TP1213 TP1212 TP1207 TP1206 TP1205 TP1204 TP1200 TP1201 TP1202 TP1203 TP1219 TP1218 TP1217 TP1216

GND

AK

+3.3V

GDATA0 GDATA1 GDATA2 GDATA3 GDATA4 GDATA5 GDATA6 GDATA7 GDATA8 GDATA9 GDATA10 GDATA11 GDATA12 GDATA13 GDATA14 GDATA15

R1059 100

R1060 100

R83 0

6 7 8

MNR04 33 BR104

MNR04 33 BR105

MNR04 33 BR106

MNR04 33 BR107

R388 0(3216)

R389 0(3216)

R390 0(3216)

R391 0(3216)

FRESET-

+5VS

GND

BR47 MNR04 10K

678

4 5

K

A

D21 DA204K

BR48 MNR04 10K

678

4 5

123

C243

F0.01u/50

AK

123

+5VS

BR49 MNR04 10K

678

123

4 5

F0.01u/50

F0.1u/16

GND

BR50 MNR04 10K

4 5

1 31 2 32

3 33 4

34

5 35 6 36

7 37 8 38 9 39 10 40

11 41 12 42

13 43 14 44 15 45

16 46

TP1211

4 5

17

TP1210

47

3

TP1209

18

2

TP1208

1

48 19 49 20 50 21 51 22 52 23 53 24 54

25 55

26 56 27 57

28

58 29 59

30 60

4 5 3 2

1 4 5 3 2 1

4 5

3

2

1

C322 A33u/10

C64 A10u/35

C66 A33u/10

TP897

C71 A33u/10

EXTRS

FAXWU-

C418

B1000/50

+5VS

+24V

+5V

+3.3V

GND

GDATA [0:15]

C419 B1000/50

+3.3V

R234 10K

R235 10K

R236 10K

R237 10K

R233 10K

R242 10K

R241 10K

R238 10K

+3.3V

R245 10K

R243 10K

R244 10K

R84 R(N M)

R286 33

TP1231

R284 100

C72 B1000/50

GND

TP1230

R285 100

C73 B1000/50

GND

TP748

R85

19

10K

GND

TP1232

C81 C100/50

GND

18 16 14 12

TP160

20

+3.3V

C85

F0.1u/16

10

GND G

IC2 2 1A121Y1

1A241Y2 1A361Y3 1A481Y4 2A1112Y1 2A2132Y2 2A3152Y3 2A4172Y4

1

1G 2G

TC74LCX244FT

3 4

IC2 6

1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4

9

2Y1

7

2Y2

5

2Y3

3

2Y4

VCC

GND

TC74LCX244FT

11

13

VCC

GND

IC9B

TC74LCX14FT

1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4

1G 2G

I

T

IC

T

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3

20

10

G

2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17

1 19

TP1055

GND

A

8

7

H1

HOLE

H2

HOLE

H3

HOLE

H4

HOLE

H5

B3B-PH-K-S

CN1 2

H6

HOLE

1 2 3

HOLE

H7

1 2 3

6

GND

5

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 8

4

3

2

1

4/10

11 10

13 12

18

1Y1

16

1Y2

14

1Y3

12

1Y4

9

2Y1

7

2Y2

5

2Y3

3

2Y4

20

VCC

10

GND

CX244FT

IC9B

4

C74LCX14FT

2

1A1

4

1A2

6

1A3

8

1A4

11

2A1

13

2A2

15

2A3

17

2A4

1

1G

19

2G

CX244FT

D5 1SS355(NM)

TP1131

TP1124

IN

C244 F0.01u/50

3

IC1 9 KIA 78M12P(NM)

IN

OUT

GND

IC2 3 LM1117MPX-3.3(NM)

IN

OUT1

OUT2

GND

1

GND

D8 1SS355

IC2 5 LM 1117MPX-1.8

IN

OUT1

OUT2

GND

1

+3.3V

+5V

R81 0

R260 0

R86 0

R262 0

R88 0

R263 0

F0.1u/16

C68

F0.01u/50

C79

C83

+24V +12V

IC9 E

TP395

TC74LCX14FT

IC9 F

TC74LCX14FT

GND

R615 33

IC20A

3 4

R247 10K

1 2

TC74LCX04FT

IC2 0B

14

7

TC74LCX04FT

+3.3V

R248 10K

14

R616 33

7

R617 33

TP386

TP745 TP746 D7 1SS355(NM)

+3.3V

C77 F0.1u/16

TP384

+3.3V

R87 10K

TP161

FRESET

PWOFF-

PRL INESCL INEREAD YFAXSTS FAX CRDYFAXACK1PFAXCS1PFAXREQ0P-

HSY NC-

FAXPAGEFAXCMD FAXSR DYFAXPRDFAXREQ1PFAXACK0PFAXCS0P-

OUT

C69

F0.1u/16

2

4

2

4

C84

F0.1u/16

R240 0

GND

MEM2012(NM) FB15

TP1103

C67 A47u/16(NM)

R246 R(NM)

C80

F0.1u/16

C82 A33u/10

TP410

TP1049

+1.8V+3.3V

C78 A33u/10

D

C

MDM3.3V

B

GND

A

4

3

2

1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 9

V

N

FAX MAIN PWB (GA1)

1

GND 26

8

268

V

DD

1

3

113

4

3

2

1

+3.3V

R300 0

R301 0

R271 0

R91 0

GND

A

TP1098

FB7 MEM2012(NM)

A

GND

3.3VGA1

F0.1u/16

C328 A33u/10

C108

3.3VGA1

F0.1u/16

3.3VGA1

F0.1u/16

3.3VGA

F0.1u/16

GND

C104

C106

C107

3.3VGA1

1

G1D [0:7]

G2D [0:7]

GND

3.3VGA1

F0.1u/16

3.3VGA1

GND

G1REQG1ACKG2REQG2ACK-

BR51 MNR04 4.7K

678

4 5

2

3

100

C

GND

GN

1

R93 4.7K

G1D 0 G1D 1 G1D 2 G1D 3 G1D 4 G1D 5 G1D 6 G1D 7 G2D 0 G2D 1 G2D 2 G2D 3 G2D 4 G2D 5 G2D 6 G2D 7

D

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4

RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE RTCIO

BZ BT

MDMRES-

Q

MDMIR

R1022 33( 1608)

R1023 33( 1608) BR169

8 7

BR170

6

MNR04 33

5 1 2 3 4 5

8 7 6

B

TP613 TP616 TP617 TP614 TP615 TP612 TP611 TP297 TP300 TP299 TP298 TP301 TP1099 TP305 TP306 TP307

TP303 TP304 TP513 TP1 TP596 TP580 TP581 TP582 TP51 TP302

TP586 TP587 TP585 TP584 TP583

TP594 TP595 TP593 TP592

TP589 TP588 TP590 TP591

TP878 TP872 TP870 TP869

TP874 TP871 TP877 TP875 TP873 TP876 TP868 TP867 TP862 TP861 TP863 TP860 TP864 TP865 TP859 TP866

GND

B

D1A[ 0:3]

C CD1 D[0:15]

A[1:25]

3.3VGA

C8

6

F0

.1u/16

GND GN D GND

1

GND-1

2

GND-2

3

VORES_N

4

VOSD

5

VOSI

6

VOST_N

7

VOCH_N

8

VOBUSY_N

9

VONAR

10

NC

11

TCK

12

TDI

13

TRST

14

TDO

15

RTCDT

16

RTCCK

17

RTCCE

18

RTCIO

19

VDD-19

20

GND-20

21

RTC245DIR

22

RTC245OE_N

23

BZ

24

BT

25

MDMRES_N

26

MDMCS_N

27

MDMRD_N

28

MDMWR_N

29

MDMIRQ

30

TMS

31

GND-31

32

MDMA[0]

33

MDMA[1]

34

MDMA[2]

35

MDMA[3]

36

MDMA[4]

37

VDD-37

38

VDD-38

39

GND-39

40

GND-40

41

MDMD[0]

42

MDMD[1]

43

MDMD[2]

44

MDMD[3]

45

VDD-45

46

GND-46

47

MDMD[4]

48

MDMD[5]

49

MDMD[6]

50

MDMD[7]

51

VDD-51

52

GND-52

53

G1REQ_N

54

G1ACK_N

55

G2REQ_N

56

G2ACK_N

57

VDD-57

58

GND-58

59

G1D[0]

60

G1D[1]

61

G1D[2]

62

G1D[3]

63

G1D[4]

64

G1D[5]

65

G1D[6]

66

G1D[7]

67

G2D[0]

68

G2D[1]

69

G2D[2]

70

G2D[3]

71

G2D[4]

72

G2D[5]

73

G2D[6]

74

G2D[7]

75

GND-75

76

GND-76

3.3VGA1 C110

0.1u/16

F

304

77

1

VDD-30 4

VDD-77

04 33

MNR

156 BR

303

78

C8 F0.1u/16

5

4 D1

D1

CD1

8

1

2 6

TP9

TP961

302

]

CDD[1 5

VDD-30 3

8 7

1]

VDD-

A[

79

A2

3.3VGA

7

3

CD1D1

7

6

2

3

TP960

301

300

]

CDD[1 4

A[2]

80

81

C

QD0

CD1RE QC0

CD1RE

3 6 3

TP375

TP

276

275

CDREQ D

RD_N

105

106

RD-

WE0-

3.3VGA1

F

274

CDREQ C

N 0_

WE

107

-

WE1

C115

0.1u/16

3.3

C91 F0

.1u/

-

E

RW

1RDD

CD1CS

C

CD 1

CD1UB

)

1608) 33(

33(1608)TP916

33(1608

024

R1005 33

1026

1025

R

R1

R

9

1060 P

P105

TP374

TP364

T

271

272

269

273

270

N _

273

E

DDV

CDCS_ N

GND-27 4

CDRD_ N

CDWR_ N

CDUB

]_N

[0]_N

[1]_N

WE1_N

DREQ

DREQ[1

DRAK[0 ]_N

DRAK

WAIT_ N

108

110

111

112

109

TP691

TP690

TP416

33

R21233

]

0

AK[ 1

AK[

WAIT-

1007

1006

R

D

]0

DREQ [

DREQ [1]-

GND

3.3VGA1

1

7 D

CD 1

54 9

TP

291

DDV

A[12]90A[13]

A13

C89 F

5

4

D

1D

CD 1

CD

CD 1D6

8

6

7

8

04 33 R N M

1

234 5

1

159

BR 8 4

51 9

TP9

TP

TP952

TP953

288

287

284

286

285

289

290

]

CDD[7 ]

CDD[5

CDD[4 ]

CDD[3

CDD[6 ]

GND-28 6

GND-28 5

95

-

15]

20]

A[14]92A[

A[16]94GND

GND-9696A[

91

95

93

97

5

6

A1

A14

A1

GNDGND

C88

.1u/16

F0

0

2

9

D1

1D

CD1

CD1D1 1

CD

CD 1D8

6

7

8

MNR04 33

3

4 5

1

2

4 5

157

BR158 MNR04 33

BR

7

9

5

56

58

95

9

TP9

TP

TP955

294

298

295

291

299

]

CDD[1 3

A[3]

82

A4A3A1

292

296

297

293

]

98

CDD[9

CDD[8 ]

ND-2

CDD[1 2]

CDD[1 1

CDD[1 0]

VDD-29 7

GND-29 2

G

4]

8]

A[

A[5]

A[6]

A[7]

A[

A[9]

A[10]88A[11]

83

84

87

85

86

89

A6

A5

A12

A10

A7

A8

A11A9

3.3VGA13.3VGA

1

C90

0

F0

.1u/16

GND GND G

0-

2

KD

KC

0

D1

1D

1

1D

1AC

D

CD

C

) 8

6

7

160 33(

2

3

4 5

028 1

R1027 33(1608)

R

9

50

47

9

94

9

P1057

TP

T

TP1058

277

280

281

282

279

278

283

N

279

C_

CDD[2 ]

CDD[1 ]

CDD[0 ]

VDD-

GND-28 0

CDACK D_N

CDACK

27

IC

uPD

65948GL-114NMU

/WR-) D

N

_

0

6

W (R

A[21]98A[22]

CS

CS4_N

CS

BS_N

R

99

101

103

100

102

104

A22

A21A20 CD 1D3

-

4-

6

0

BS-

CS

RD/ WR-

C

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 10

C

CDREQ C

WE

0

N

D

E

5/10

G

3.3VGA1

GA1

C91 F0

6

.1u/16

D GND GND GN D GN D GND GN D GN D

E

RW

1RDD C

CD 1

CD1UB

)

1608) 33(

33(1608

R1005 33

1026

1025

R

9

1060 P

P105

TP374

T

271

272

273

274

270

N _

273

E

DDV

GND-27 4

CDRD_ N

CDWR_ N

CDUB

GL-114NMU

]_N

[0]_N

[1]_N

_

WE1_N

DREQ

DREQ[1

DRAK[0 ]_N

DRAK

107

108

110

111

109

TP691

TP690

-

WE1

VGA1

0.1u/16

C115

TP416

33

]

0

AK[ 1

AK[

1007

1006

R

D

]0

DREQ [

DREQ [1]-

GND

3.3VGA

1

C9

2

C9 B0.

F

0.1u/16

3

1

A

CD1 A0

CD1

CD1 A2

CD1CS

33(1608)TP916

024 R1

TP364

269

112

R21233

WAIT-

CD1

6

7

8

CD 1IRQ-

1

234 5

BR168 MNR04 33

9

1

35 TP

TP360

TP36

TP372

TP1062

265

267

266

268

8

VDD-26 6

CDCS_ N

GND-26

GND-26 7

3 1 1

DD-

WAIT_ N

V

VDD-11 4

GND-115

114

115

116

113

264

VDD-26 5

GND-116

117

263

]

CDA[3 ]

CDA[2

CLK

BSSEL[0 ]

118

1

CKIO_ GA

TP914

260

261

262

] [1

CDA

CDA[0 ]

GND-26 0

] 1

BSSEL[

IRQ[0] _N

IRQ[1] _N

121

119

120

TP684

TP915

33

1009 R

R1008

3 MD

IRQ1 -

IRQ0 R

94 R(NM)

R95R(NM)

R9

60

70

R9

259

122

R1010

258

CDIRQ

VDD-25 9

MODE3

GND-123

123

3.3VGA

A

3.3V

1

C94

3

.1u/25(

1u/25

B0

(1608)

M1D15

M1D13

M1D14

K

CD1CL

8

TP42

D0

257

124

GND

CD1RE S-

TP1061

256

CDCLK

D[0]

125

D1

M1D12

2

3

1

45

6

7

8

1 37 TP

TP1006

TP1003

TP1005

TP1004

253

254

249

250

255

252

251

MD[14]

MD[15]

MD[12]

MD[13]

TRES_N

VDD-25 3

GND-25 4

CDRES _N

D[1]

VDD-12 6

GND-127

D[2]

D[3]

GND-130

D[4]

D[5]

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

D3

D2

D4

D5

3.3VGA1 3.3VGA1 3.3VGA1 3.3VGA 1 C

111

0.1u/16

F

3.3VGA1

D

GN

C

1

1608)

248

GND-24 8

GND-133

133

BR163 MNR04 33

247

134

C95 B

1

M1D1

6 99 TP

246

47 2

GND-

-134

GND

135

F0.1u/16

0

.1u/

25(1608)

9 D

M1D8M1

M1D10

1

2345

7

8

6

TP1000

TP1001

TP1002

243

245

244

MD[8]

MD[9]

MD[11]

MD[10]

D[6]

D[7]

VDD-13 7

GND-138

136

137

138

D7D8D9

C112

1

3.3VGA

1

3.3VGA13.3VGA

C9 B0.

M1D7

04 33

45

MNR

162 BR

9 99 TP

241

240

242

42 2

MD[7]

VDD-24 1

GND-

-141

] D[8

D[9]

GND

139

140

141

M1D6

8 99 TP

0 D1

6

3

6

239

142

1u/

5 D

M1

2

7

97 9

TP

238

MD[6]

D[10]

143

1 D1

25(1608)

1

8

TP994

237

]

MD[5

MD[4]

[11] D

VDD-14 4

144

7

C9 B0.

1u/

608)

25(1

0:15]

M1D[

M1D1

M1D2

M1D3M1D4

M1D0

45

1

2

3

8

6

7

BR160 MNR04 33

BR161 MNR04 33

95

71

9

TP993

TP

TP970

229

234

233

235

230

232

231

236

]

36 2

MD[0]

MD[3

MD[2]

MD[1

VDD-23 5

VDD-23 0

GND-

GND-145

145

VDD-22 9

228

GND-228

227

GND-227

226

MA[15]

225

MA[14]

224

MA[13]

223

MA[12]

222

GND-222

221

VDD-221

220

MA[11]

219

MA[10]

218

MA[9]

217

MA[8]

216

GND-216

215

VDD-215

214

MA[7]

213

MA[6]

212

MA[5]

211

MA[4]

210

GND-210

209

VDD-209

208

MA[3]

207

MA[2]

206

MA[1]

205

MA[0]

204

GND-204

203

VDD-203

202

MUB_N

201

MLB_N

200

MWE_N

199

MOE_N

198

MCE_N

197

GND-197

196

VDD-196

195

RES_N

194

CPURES_N

193

MANRES_N

192

GND-192

191

GND-191

190

VDD-190

189

VDD-189

188

RAMUB_N

187

RAMLB_N

186

RAMWE_N

185

RAMOE_N

184

RAMCE_N

183

GND-183

182

BFDIR

181

BFOE_N

180

GND-180

ROMOCD[1] ROMOCD[0]

ROMBNK[2] ROMBNK[1] ROMBNK[0]

GND-172

VDD-171

ROMRY

ROMOOE_N ROMOCE_N

GND-165 ROMNRY

ROMNOE_N ROMNCE_N

ROMPRY

ROMWP_N ROMPWE_N ROMPOE_N ROMPCE_N

GND-154 GND-153

2

5

1

VDD-

152

D[0 :15]

179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153

ROMOCID[1] ROMOCID[0]

ROMOWP_N ROMOWE_N

ROMNWP_N ROMNWE_N

1

[14]

[13]

D[12]

D

GND-148

D

D[15]

VDD-15

146

147

148

150

149

151

3

D12

D1

D15D6D14

GND

TP981 TP984 TP982 TP985

TP983 TP978 TP979 TP977

TP980 TP974 TP976 TP973

TP975 TP988 TP987 TP986

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4

MNR 1 2 3 4 5

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

TP992 TP989 TP972 TP991 TP990

TP940

TP917 TP918 TP919 TP921 TP920

TP932 TP930

TP931 TP933 TP929 TP928

TP934 R1012 33 R1001 33

TP925

TP924

TP923

TP922

TP935

TP938

TP937

TP942

TP936

TP941

TP945

TP939

TP944

TP946

TP943

BR175

M1A15

8

M1A14

7

M1A13

6

M1A12

BR174

M1A11

8

M1A10

7

M1A9

6

M1A8

5

BR173

04 33

M1A7

8

M1A6

7

M1A5

6

M1A4

BR172

M1A3

8

M1A2

7

M1A1

6

M1A0

R1052 33(

1608) R1053 33(1608) R1054 33(1608) R1055 33(1608)

33(

R1056

1608)

1011

R

33

1013 33

R

BR138

MNR04 62

1

8

2

7

3

6

4 5

ROMO CID1 ROMO ROMOCD1 ROMOCD0

ROMBAN K1 ROMBAN K0

BR139

MNR04 33

1

8

2

7

3

6

4 5

BR141

04 33

MNR

1

8

2

7

3

6

4 5

M1U M1LBM1WEM1OEM1CE

CID0

BR140

MNR

04 33 1 2 3 4 5

BR142

MNR

04 33 1 2 3 4 5

B-

-

CPURESMANR

R529 33

8 7 6

M1A[0:15]

B0.1u/25(

C98

3.3VGA1

B0.1u/25( 1608)

C9

3.3VGA

B0.1u/25( 1608)

101

C

3.3VGA

B0.1u/25( 1608)

C

102

3.3VGA1

B0.1u/25(1608)

C103

3.3VGA1

ES-

0.1u/16

F

C105

3.3VGA1

RAMUBRAMLBRAMWERAMOERAMCE-

F0.1u/16

C109

3.3VGA1

ROM ORY ROMOWPROMOWEROMOOEROMOCE

ROM R

OMNWPOMNWE-

R ROMNOEROMNCEROMPRY

OMP

R ROMPWER

OMPOE-

ROMPCE-

9

NRY

1608

)

GND

1

GND

1

GN

D

GND

R509 100

C401

GND

-

WP-

C100/50

GND

RES-

4

3

2

1

C113

F0

.1u/16

D

GN

C114

0.1u/16

F

GN

D

GN

D

E

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 11

4

6

FAX MAIN PWB (GA1-CODEC)

D

CD1 A[0:3]

CD2D[0:15]

C

CD1 RD-

CD2 RD-

CD1W R-

CD2W R-

+3.3V

CD 2D15 CD 2D14 CD 2D13 CD 2D12 CD 2D11 CD 2D10 CD 2D9 CD 2D8 CD 2D7 CD 2D6 CD 2D5 CD 2D4 CD 2D3 CD 2D2 CD 2D1 CD 2D0

R527

R109 10K R112 10K

GND

B

BR114 MNR04 0

4 5 3

6

2

7

1

8

BR116 MNR04 0

4 5 3

6

2

7

1

8

1

2

4

5

CD2 ACKC-

CD2 ACKD-

0

FB23 MEM2012(NM)

CD1 D[0:15]

BR115 MNR04 0

4 5 3 2 1

BR117 MNR04 0

4 5 3 2 1

3

IC82A TC74LCX08FT

6

IC82B TC74LCX08FT

6 7 8

R602 62

R604 62

R528 R(NM)

C245 F0.1u/16

X3

1

OUT

OE

4

VDD

GND

OSC515101J IS-16.0000M Hz-3.3TR

+3.3V

C129

F0.1u/16

GND

CD1 A3 CD1 A2 CD1 A1 CD1 A0

CD 1D15 CD 1D14 CD 1D13 CD 1D12 CD 1D11 CD 1D10 CD 1D9 CD 1D8 CD 1D7 CD 1D6 CD 1D5 CD 1D4 CD 1D3 CD 1D2 CD 1D1 CD 1D0

CD1UB E-

CD1CS -

CD1RE SCD2 IRQ0 CD1 IRQCD2 IRQ1

CD1 REQC0

CD1 REQD0

CD1A CKC0-

CD1A CKD0-

CD1 CLK

3

TP418

2

GND

C130

F0.1u/16

C131

F0.1u/16

BR57 MNR04 ( NM)

678

123

CD2 REQC

CD2 REQD

R113 R(NM) R115 0

C132

F0.1u/16

BR58 MNR04 ( NM)

4 5

R307 0

123

TP376

C133

F0.1u/16

678

4 5

BR59 MNR04 ( NM)

678

123

R111 0

GND

C134

F0.1u/16

BR60 MNR04 ( NM)

123

4 5

FB8 MEM2012(NM)

C135

F0.1u/16

678

4 5

R308 1K

CD2A CKC-

CD2A CKD-

TP377

C136

F0.1u/16

+3.3V

GND

+3.3V

C329 A33u/10

R103 1K

CD2 ACKC-

CD2 ACKD-

R114 R(NM)

CLK16M

F0.1u/16

C141

F0.1u/16

TP968 TP969

TP373

TP362

TP366

C138

F0.1u/16

TP966

TP967

3

IC28

IA15

42

A3

43

A2

44

A1

45

A0

12

D15

13

D14

14

D13

15

D12

16

D11

17

D10

18

D9

19

D8

20

D7

21

D6

22

D5

23

D4

26

D3

27

D2

28

D1

29

D0

31

UBE-

7

RD-

8

WR-

30

CS-

2

HEX-

1

RESET-

3

INTR0

4

INTR1

5

INTR2

32

REQC0

33

REQC1

34

REQD0

35

REQD1

38

ACKC0-

39

ACKC1-

40

ACKD0-

41

ACKD1-

6

CLKIN

10

CLKOUT

125

TEST3

126

TEST2

127

TEST1

128

TEST0

9

VDD1

24

VDD2

36

VDD3

54

VDD4

65

VDD5

80

VDD6

91

VDD7

102

VDD8

113

VDD9

123

VDD10

124

VSS10

114

VSS9

103

VSS8

92

VSS7

81

VSS6

66

VSS5

55

VSS4

37

VSS3

25

VSS2

11

VSS1

115

VREF5

118

AVDD

121

AVSS

MN86065

IA15 IA14 IA13 IA12 IA11 IA10

ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10

IHREQ IHACK

IREADY

IMUE-

IMLE-

IMRIMW-

EXA0 EXA1

DREQ0 DREQ1

DACK0DACK1-

DCMP0DCMP1-

IOR-

IOW-

PLLOFF

NC67 NC68 NC69 NC70 NC71 NC72

SCANEN MINTEST

MINTIN

MINTC

PCO

VCOI

ID9 ID8 ID7 ID6 ID5 ID4 ID3 ID2 ID1 ID0

TP310

75 76 77 78 79 82 83

IA9

84

IA8

85

IA7

86

IA6

87

IA5

88

IA4

89

IA3

90

IA2

93

IA1

94

IA0

95 96 97 98 99 100 101 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112

46 47

56

59 60 50 51

62 61

49 48

64 63

58 57

52 53

122

67 68 69 70 71 72

117 116 74 73

120

119

TP318 TP313 TP314 TP317 TP312 TP315 TP316 TP323 TP322 TP321 TP326 TP325 TP324 TP328 TP329

TP331 TP330 TP332 TP333 TP334 TP336 TP335 TP337 TP338 TP340 TP339 TP341 TP342R306 R(NM) TP344 TP343 TP345

TP358 TP963

TP1056

TP349 TP351 TP365 TP357

TP352 TP353

TP964 TP965

TP354 TP355

TP350 TP356

TP370 TP348

TP308 TP320 TP327C137 TP309 TP319 TP311

R122 2K

TP347

TP346

IA14 IA13 IA12 IA11 IA10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0

ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10 ID 9 ID 8 ID 7 ID 6 ID 5 ID 4 ID 3 ID 2 ID 1 ID 0

R302 10K

R303 10K

R1029 33( 1 R1030 33( 1

R304 10K R305 10K

GND

R123 10

C139

B2200/50

GND

A

4

3

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 12

2

1

6/10

IA15 IA14 IA13 IA12 IA11 IA10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0

ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10 ID 9 ID 8 ID 7 ID 6 ID 5 ID 4 ID 3 ID 2 ID 1 ID 0

R302 10K

R303 10K

029 33(1 608) 030 33(1 608)

R304 10K R305 10K

GND

R123 100

C139

B2200/50

GND GND

4 5 3 2 1

+3.3V

TP1011

C140

F0.01u/50

BR61 MNR04 10K

6 7 8

BR63 MNR04 10K

6 7 8

IA[0 :15]

+3.3V

BR62 MNR04 10K

4 5 3

6

2

7

1

8

BR64 MNR04 10K

4 5 3

6

2

7

1

8

R1063

R1062

10K

ID[ 0:15]

R1064 10K

+3.3V

R1065 10K

IA15 IA14 IA13 IA12 IA11 IA10 IA9 IA8 IA7 IA6 IA5 IA4 IA3 IA2 IA1 IA0

GND

IC77

1

A15

2

A14

3

A13

4

A12

5

A11

18

A10

19

A9

20

A8

21

A7

24

A6

25

A5

26

A4

27

A3

42

A2

43

A1

44

A0

6

CE

17

WE

41

OE

39

LB

40

UB

M1A[0:15]

I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10

I/O9 I/O8 I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0

VCC VCC

VSS VSS

IS61LV6416-12T

M1CEM1WEM1OEM1LBM1UB-

D

ID15

38

ID14

37

ID13

36

ID12

35

ID11

32

ID10

31

ID 9

30

ID 8

29

ID 7

16

ID 6

15

ID 5

14

ID 4

13

ID 3

10

ID 2

9

ID 1

8

ID 0

7

22

NC

23

NC

28

NC

11 33

12 34

C259 F0.1u/16

C260 F0.1u/16

+3.3V

GND

C258 A33u/10

C

M1D[0:15]

M1A15 M1A14 M1A13 M1A12 M1A11 M1A10 M1A9 M1A8 M1A7 M1A6 M1A5 M1A4 M1A3 M1A2 M1A1 M1A0

IC32

1

A15

2

A14

3

A13

4

A12

5

A11

18

A10

19

A9

20

A8

21

A7

24

A6

25

A5

26

A4

27

A3

42

A2

43

A1

44

A0

6

CE

17

WE

41

OE

39

LB

40

UB

IS61LV6416-12T

I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10

VCC VCC

VSS VSS

38 37 36 35 32 31 30

I/O9

29

I/O8

16

I/O7

15

I/O6

14

I/O5

13

I/O4

10

I/O3

9

I/O2

8

I/O1

7

I/O0

22

NC

23

NC

28

NC

11 33

12 34

BR178

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

BR176

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

TP368 TP369 TP367

F0.1u/16

C143

MNR04 33 1 2 3

4 5 8 7 6

MNR04 33

1

2

3

4 5 8 7 6

F0.1u/16

BR179

BR177

C144

+3.3V

GND

M1D15

8

M1D14

7

M1D13

6

M1D12 M1D11 M1D10 M1D9 M1D8 M1D7

8

M1D6

7

M1D5

6

M1D4 M1D3 M1D2 M1D1

C142 A33u/10

M1D0

B

A

2

1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 13

8

N

D

K

1

2

5

P

FAX MAIN PWB (MN195006E)

7

6

5

30

VDD3

15

VDD3

VSS

99

3

55

VDD3

MN195006E

VSS

70

80

89

MDM1.8VMDM3. 3V

9

21

42

62

86

97

VDD2

VDDRE G54VDDRE G

VSS

64

5

11

17

23

32

40

47

56

C282

GND

A33u/10

C284 F0.1u/16 C285 F0.1u/16 C286 F0.1u/16 C287 F0.1u/16 C288 F0.1u/16 C289 F0.1u/16 C290 F0.1u/16 C291 F0.1u/16 C292 F0.1u/16 C293 F0.1u/16

IC36

1

T3IRQ

75

NDPCS

74

NDPRD

73

NDPWR

71

NUB

72

NLB

41

NRESET

100

DPA11

98

DPA10

96

DPA09

95

DPA08

94

DPA07

93

DPA06

91

DPA05

90

DPA04

88

DPA03

87

DPA02

85

DPA01

84

DPA00

25

DPD15

24

DPD14

22

DPD13

20

DPD12

19

DPD11

18

DPD10

16

DPD09

14

DPD08

13

DPD07

12

DPD06

10

DPD05

8

DPD04

7

DPD03

6

DPD02

4

DPD01

2

DPD00

44

68

78

92

34

VDD3

AVDD

AVSS

35

GND

+3.3V

C320

7

GND

TP749

GND

TP1258

1312

IC89 F TC74LCX04FT

IC24 C

5 6

TC74LCX04FT

R510 100

A[1:25]

D[0 :15]

F0.1u/16

14

7

MDM3.3V

3 4

TC74LCX04FT

1

2

TC74LCX08FT

C402 C100/50

GND

IC24 B

IC75 A

TP29

GND

R167 4.7K

R170 33

R380 R(NM)

14

7

3

A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

IC24A

1 2

TC74LCX04FT

R533 62

MNR04 100 4 5 3 2 1

14

7

BR112

BR118

BR120

R532 33

6 7 8

RD-

MNR04 100 4 5 3 2 1

BR111

MNR04 100 4 5 3 2 1

BR113

MNR04 100 4 5 3 2 1

BR119

MNR04 100 4 5 3 2 1

BR121

TP601

6 7 8

TP751

D

CS5-

MDMIRQ

R249 0

R1031 33

TP750

IC24 D

9 8

TC74LCX04FT

WE1WE0-

MDMRES-

14

7

C

C283 A33u/10

C294 F0.1u/16 C295 F0.1u/16 C296 F0.1u/16 C297 F0.1u/16 C298 F0.1u/16 C299 F0.1u/16 C300 F0.1u/16

C301 F0.1u/16

NDBGREQ

DBGMOD

PLLON

CXIN

CXOUT

CLKOUT

SCANNT

MINTEST

INTEST MODE0 MODE1

EYECLK EYEDAT

ABITCLK

ASPCLK

ATXD

ARXD

BBITCLK

BSPCLK

BTXD

BRXD

GPIO0 GPIO1 GPIO2 GPIO3 GPIO4 GPIO5

GND

26 27 36 33

TMS

31

TCK

29

TDI

28

TDO

39 38 43 37

CNT

51

LON

45 46 48 49 50

57 58

59 60 63 61

65 66 69 67

76 77 79 81 82 83

53

52

REGOU T

VSS

R607 4.7K R608 4.7K R609 4.7K R368 47K

GND

MDM3.3V

R296 0

R297 0

TP1247 TP1248

1 2

R320 47K

GND

F0.1u/16

R315 47K

GND

C255

JP15 SD00415- 5 JP16 SD00415- 5

R321 47K

TP124

OSC515

MDMCL

R316 47K

T

G

GN

IC89D

14

R566 33

7

B

GND

TC74LCX04FT

IC89E

14 10

98

7

TC74L

A

8

7

6

5

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 14

4

3

2

1

7/10

TP1241

3

C255 u/16

OSC515500J IS-24.576MH z-3.3TR

TP1249

GND

MDMCLK

JP15

2

SD00415- 52(NM) JP16

2

SD00415- 52(NM)

315

R316

R317

47K

K

D17 1SS35 5(NM)

IC76 LM1117MPX-1.8(NM)

IN

2

GND

1

GND

X8

OUT3OE

GND

MDM3.3V

R318 47K

OUT1

OUT2

VDD

C304 F0.1u/16

R319 47K

2

4

C256

F0.1u/16

R511 R(NM)

1

4

MDM_ASPCLK MDM_ATXD MDM_ARXD

TP1242

C257 A33u/10(NM)

R512

0

GND

R375 R(NM) R376 R(NM)

R377 0 R378 0

MDM3.3V

FB21 MEM2012(NM)

R323 47K

MDMCLK

R324 47K

R325 47K

MDM1.8V

GND

R326 47K

C313 F0.1u/16

MDM3.3V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

+5V

IC87

SPKRR MBIAS HDST SDI SDO FSYNC MCLK SCLK8RESET

Si3000-KS(NM)

R327 47K

SPKRL

LINEO

LINEI

GND

R619 R(NM)

R618 0

SI3OUT

MDM3.3V

C317 F0.1u/16

C311 F1u/10( 1608)

GND

C314 F0.1u/16

AFERES-

GND 16 15 14 13

VA

12

VD

11 10

MIC

9

R372 15K

C312

F10u/10( 3216)(NM)

Vhnd

HNDMUTE-

C316 A10u/16(NM)

C308 A10u/16(NM)

R373 22K

C315 F0.1u/16

R374

2.2K

C310

F1u/10( 1608)

GND

C416 B0.027u/10

R370 20K

Vhnd

6

4 2 3

7

IC88

NJM2135M(NM)

851

R371 R(NM)

GNDGN D

C309 A10u/16(NM)

GND

CN7

1

TX+

2

RX+

3

RX-

4

TX-

B4B-PH -K-S(NM)

D

C

R322

R321

R(NM)

47K

GND

ND

FT

IC89E

14

7

TC74LCX04FT

MDM3.3V

R314 47K

1110

MDM_ABITCLK

R329 47K

GND GND

R328 R(NM)

GND

+3.3V

GND

MDM3.3V

C414 F0.1u/16

+5V

+3.3V

GND

C415 F0.1u/16

GND

R620 0

R621 R(NM)

TP147

IC24F

13 12

TC74LCX04FT

GND

14

7

R622 0

FB24 MEM2012(NM)

B

TP148

Vhnd

A

4

3

2

1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 15

A22

FAX MAIN PWB (GA2)

TP844

MNR04 33

8

u

A[23]

MD[10]

R298 0

R299 0

R272 0 C182

R184 0

+3.3V

4

3

2

FB10 MEM2012(NM)

GND

TP1063

GND

CD2 A[0:3]

A

C340 A33u/10

3.3VGA2

3.3VGA2 BR75

MNR04 4.7K

3.3VGA2

C184

F0.1u/16

3.3VGA2

C187

F0.1u/16

3.3VGA2

C189

F0.1u/16

GND

C191

F0.1u/16

C193

F0.1u/16

C195

F0.1u/16

3.3VGA2

GND

4 5

GND 678

GND

G2D[ 0:7]

123

G1D[ 0:7]

3.3VGA2

GND

CD2A CKD1-

G2ACKG2REQG1ACKG1REQ-

R188 4.7K

CD2C LK CD2RE SCD2 IRQ0 CD2 IRQ1 CD2UB E-

CD2C SCD2RDCD2W R-

CD2 A0 CD2 A1 CD2 A2 CD2 A3

CD2 REQC0 CD2 REQC1

CD2A CKC0-

CD2A CKC1CD2 REQD0 CD2 REQD1 CD2ACKD0-

R1014 33

G2D7 G2D6 G2D5 G2D4 G2D3 G2D2 G2D1 TP257 TP858 TP855 TP856 TP857 G2D0 G1D7 G1D6 G1D5

G1D4 G1D3 G1D2 G1D1 G1D0

TP883 TP882 TP884

CD 2D0 CD 2D1 CD 2D2 CD 2D3

CD 2D4 CD 2D5 CD 2D6 CD 2D7 CD 2D8

CD 2D9 CD 2D10

BR180

MNR04 33

1

8

2

7

3

6

4 5

1 2 3

4 5

BR181

MNR04 33

R1032 33( 1608) R1033 33( 1608)

TP258

TP1046 TP880 TP896 TP879 TP881

R1034 33( 1608) R1035 33( 1608) TP287 TP288 TP289 TP290

TP293 TP1104 TP901 TP902 TP292 TP887 TP885

TP886 TP806 TP807 TP804 TP809

TP808 TP805 TP810 TP811 TP812

TP815 TP814

8 7 6

B

C179

C180

F0.1u/16

GND GN D GND GND

D11

D13

D12

D14

D15

302

301

299

298

304

303

VDD-304

VDD-303

VDD-77

VDD-78

77

78

295

296

300

297

D[15]

D[14]

D[13]

D[12]

D[11]

VDD-296

GND-30 0

GND-29 7

CDD[1 1]

CDD[1 2]

CDD[1 3]

CDD[1 4]

CDD[1 5]

TRES_N

MCE_N

79

VDD-86

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

D[0 :15]

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

1

GND-1

2

GND-2

3

G2D[7]

4

G2D[6]

5

G2D[5]

6

G2D[4]

7

G2D[3]

8

G2D[2]

9

G2D[1] NC[0] TCK TDI TRST TDO G2D[0] G1D[7] G1D[6] G1D[5] VDD-19 GND-20 G1D[4] G1D[3] G1D[2] G1D[1] G1D[0] G2ACK_N G2REQ_N G1ACK_N G1REQ_N TMS GND-31 CDCLK CDRES_N CDIRQ0 CDIRQ1 CDUBE_N VDD-37 VDD-38 GND-39 GND-40 CDCS_N CDRD_N CDWR_N CDA[0] CDA[1] CDA[2] CDA[3] VDD-48 GND-49 CDREQC0 CDREQC1 CDACKC0_N CDACKC1_N CDREQD0 CDREQD1 CDACKD0_N VDD-57 GND-58 CDACKD1_N CDD[0] CDD[1] CDD[2] CDD[3] VDD-64 GND-65 CDD[4] CDD[5] CDD[6] CDD[7] CDD[8] VDD-71 GND-72 CDD[9] CDD[10] GND-75 GND-76

F0.1u/16

C181

D10

294

87

C

R181 0

R180 R(NM)

3.3VGA2 R182 R(NM)

3.3VGA23.3VGA23.3VGA23.3VGA2

F0.1u/16

D1

D2D3D4

D5D7D6

D8

D9

292

291

288

287

284

283

281

289

293

290

D[9]

D[8]

D[7]

D[10]

VDD-289

GND-29 3

GND-29 0

GND-87

MOE_N

MWE_N

MA[0]90MA[1]

MA[2]

MA[3]93MA[4]

88

89

91

92

280

285

GND-28 5

96

97

282

D[5]

D[4]

D[3]

GND-28 2

MA[5]

MA[6]98MA[7]

MA[8]

99

100

278

279

D[2]

VDD-278

GND-27 9

IC38

uPD65954G L-061NMU

MA[9]

MA[10]

MA[11]

101

102

103

286

D[6]

GND-28 6

GND-9595GND-96

94

R183 0

FAXCS1P-

FAXACK1P-

IRQ2-

D0

TP211

TP213

TP214

TP212

277

276

271

270

275

272

274

273

D[1]

D[0]

NC[3]

NC[2]

GND-27 5

IRQ[2] _N

BSSEL[1]

BSSEL[0]

VDD-104

GND-10 5

MA[12]

MA[13]

MA[14]

MA[15]

MD[0]

MD[1]

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

CKIO_ GA2

269

CLK_SYS

MD[2]

112

GND

FAXREQ1P-

C1

WAIT-

33

R217

TP215

266

265

268

267

264

VDD-266

VDD-265

GND-26 8

GND-26 7

VDD-113

VDD-114

GND-11 5

GND-11 6

113

114

115

116

117

F0.1

BS-

RD-

CS2-

WE0-

WE1-

A23

A24

A25

TP210

255

261

257

256

258

263

262

260

259

A[25]

A[24]

NC[1]

BS_N

RD_N

CS5_N

WE1_N

WE0_N

WAIT_N

MD[3]

MD[4]

MD[5]

MD[6]

MD[7]

MD[8]

MD[9]

VDD-124

GND-12 5

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

TP818

TP816

TP813

TP817

TP819

TP295

TP842

TP841R1003

TP843

33

CD2D1 5

CD2D1 3

CD2D1 4

CD2D1 2

CD2 D[0:15]

I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12 I/O11 I/O10

M2A[0:15]

1 2 3 4 5

BR191 MNR04 33

1 2 3 4 5

BR193 MNR04 33

+3.3V

GND

M2D15 M2D14 M2D13 M2D12 M2D11

8

M2D10

7

M2D9

6

M2D8 M2D7 M2D6 M2D5 M2D4 M2D3

8

M2D2

7

M2D1

6

M2D0

C203 A33u/10

M2D[ 0:15]

C197

F0.1u/16

38

1

8

37

2

7

36

3

6

4 5

35 32

BR190

31

MNR04 33

30

I/O9

29

I/O8

16

1

I/O7 I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O3 I/O2 I/O1 I/O0

NC NC NC

VCC VCC

VSS VSS

8

15

2

7

14

3

6

13

4 5

10

BR192

9

MNR04 33

8 7

TP261

22

TP260

23

TP259

28

11 33

12 34

C205 B0.1u/25 (1608)

C204 F0.1u/16

GND

IC41

1

A15

2

A14

3

A13

4

A12

5

A11

18

A10

19

A9

20

A8

21

A7

24

A6

25

A5

26

A4

27

A3

42

A2

43

A1

44

A0

6

CE

17

WE

41

OE

39

LB

40

UB

IS61LV6416-12T

M2A15 M2A14 M2A13 M2A12 M2A11 M2A10 M2A9 M2A8 M2A7

M2CEM2WEM2OE-

M2A6 M2A5 M2A4 M2A3 M2A2 M2A1 M2A0

1

A

CD2D1 1

R1004

R1002

M2CE-

M2OE-

M2WE-

3.3VGA2 3.3VGA2 3.3VG A2 3.3VGA2

GND GN D GND GND

3.3VGA2

C198

B0.1u/25 (1608)

B

TP853

123

M2A0

TP826

TP850

TP824

TP822

TP820

TP827

TP825

TP849 678

BR182

4 5

M2A1

M2A2

M2A3

MNR04 33

123

M2A4

M2A5

B0.1u/25( 1608)

678

M2A6

C199

123

BR183

4 5

M2A7

M2A8

TP821

MNR04 33

M2A9

TP829

TP840

TP830

TP828

123

MNR04 33

M2A12

M2A13

B0.1u/25( 1608)

TP839

TP838

TP832

678

BR185

4 5

678

MNR04 33

BR186

123

4 5

M2A14

M2A15

M2D1

M2D2

M2D0

M2D3

C200

TP831

TP823

678

BR184

4 5

M2A10

M2A11

TP837

MNR04 33

B0.1u/25( 1608)

F0.1u/16

TP836

123

M2D4

C201

C202

TP834

TP835

678

M2D6

M2D5

GND

3.3VGA2

GND

TP851

TP852

TP833

TP845

BR187

4 5

678

MNR04 33

BR188

123

4 5

M2D10

M2D11

M2D9

M2D7

M2D8

C

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 16

C

WE1

1

8

WE1

N

263

MD[4]

118

D

E

8/10

3.3VGA2

GND

WE0-

262

_

119

3.3VGA2

FAXREQ1P-

C183

F0.1u/16

BS-

RD-

CS2-

GND

A9

A7

A6

A23

A22

A17A4A14

A18A8A16

250

249

248

A[18]

A[17]

GND-24 8

MD[15]

SDRAM_ CS_N

GND-13 3

131

132

133

A13

A15

246

245

244

243

247

A[16]

A[15]

A[14]

A[13]

GND-24 7

GND-13 4

SDRAM_ CLK

SDRAM_ CKE

SDRAM_ RAS_N

SDRAM_ CAS_N

134

135

136

137

138

A24

A25

A20

A19

TP210

261

RD_N

WE0_N

MD[5]

MD[6]

120

A21

257

256

255

254

253

252

251

258

260

259

A[25]

A[24]

A[23]

A[22]

A[21]

A[20]

NC[1]

BS_N

CS5_N

MD[7]

MD[8]

MD[9]

121

122

123

A[19]

VDD-124

GND-12 5

MD[10]

MD[11]

MD[12]

MD[13]

MD[14]

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

A5

A12

A11

A10

242

241

240

239

238

237

236

235

A[9]

A[8]

A[7]

A[6]

A[12]

A[11]

A[10]

SDRAM_ WR_N

SDRAM_ DQM0

SDRAM_ DQM1

VDD-142

GND-14 3

SDRAM _BA[0]

SDRAM _BA[1]

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

C178

F0.1u/16

GNDGND

A[1:25]

A1

A2

A3

230

229

234

233

232

231

A[5]

A[4]

A[3]

A[2]

A[1]

VDD-230

VDD-229

228

GND-228

227

GND-227

TOUT5 TOUT4 TOUT3 TOUT2 TOUT1

TIN

TEB_N TMOD1_N READY_N

FAXPAGE_N

PRLINE_N SCLINE_N

HSYNC_N

GDATA[15] GDATA[14] GDATA[13]

GND-210

VDD-209 GDATA[12] GDATA[11] GDATA[10]

GDATA[9] GDATA[8] GDATA[7] GDATA[6] GDATA[5] GDATA[4] GDATA[3] GDATA[2] GDATA[1] GDATA[0]

TR

RES_N CLK_VID GND-192 GND-191 VDD-190 VDD-189

FAXPRD_N

FAXREQOP_N

FAXACKOP_N

FAXCSOP_N SDRAM_D[15] SDRAM_D[14] SDRAM_D[13]

GND-181

VDD-180 SDRAM_D[12] SDRAM_D[11] SDRAM_D[10]

SDRAM_D[9] SDRAM_D[8] SDRAM_D[7] SDRAM_D[6]

GND-172

VDD-171

SDRAM_D[5] SDRAM_D[4] SDRAM_D[3] SDRAM_D[2] SDRAM_D[1] SDRAM_D[0]

SDRAM_A[12]

GND-163

VDD-162 SDRAM_A[11] SDRAM_A[10]

SDRAM_A[9] SDRAM_A[8] SDRAM_A[7] SDRAM_A[6] SDRAM_A[5]

GND-154

GND-153

SDRAM_ A[0]

SDRAM_ A[1]

SDRAM_ A[2]

SDRAM_ A[3]

SDRAM_ A[4]

VDD-151

VDD-152

147

148

149

150

151

152

TP169

226

TP170

225

TP168

224

TP167

223

TP174

222

TP166

221

TP176

220

TP175

219

TP163

218

TP159

217

TP165

216

TP164

215

TP155

214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196

TP171

195 194

TP172

193 192 191 190 189

TP156

188

TP755

187

TP151

186

TP152

185

TP191

184

TP763

183

TP190

182 181 180

TP762

179

TP189

178

TP761

177

TP188

176

TP760

175

TP187

174

TP759

173 172 171

TP186

170

TP758

169

TP185

168

TP757

167

TP177

166

TP756

165

TP208

164 163 162

TP184

161

TP178

160

TP180

159

TP179

158

TP181

157

TP182

156

TP183

155 154 153

GND

R185 4.7K R186 4.7K R187 4.7K

R1039 33( 1608)

GDATA15 GDATA14 GDATA13

GDATA12 GDATA11 GDATA10 GDATA9 GDATA8 GDATA7 GDATA6 GDATA5 GDATA4 GDATA3 GDATA2 GDATA1 GDATA0

R1000 33

R1038 33( 1608)

R1037 33( 1608) R1036 33( 1608)

BR77 1 2 3 4 5

MNR04 33

BR79 1 2 3 4 5

MNR04 33

BR81 1 2 3 4 5

MNR04 33

1 2 3 4 5

MNR04 33 8 7 6

1

2

3

4 5 8

MNR04 33

7 6

1

2

3

4 5 8

MNR04 33

7 6

BR76

BR78

BR80

3.3VGA2

F0.1u/16

8 7 6

READ YFAXPAGEPRLIN ESCLIN EHSYNCGDATA[ 0:15]

C185

F0.1u/16

R515 100

GND

C188

FAXPRDFAXREQ0PFAXACK0PFAXCS0P-

SDRAM_ D15 SDRAM_ D14 SDRAM_ D13 SDRAM_ D12

SDRAM_ D11 SDRAM_ D10 SDRAM_ D9 SDRAM_ D8

SDRAM_ D7 SDRAM_ D6 SDRAM_ D5 SDRAM_ D4 SDRAM_ D3 SDRAM_ D2 SDRAM_ D1 SDRAM_ D0

SDRAM_ A12 SDRAM_ A11 SDRAM_ A10 SDRAM_ A9 SDRAM_ A8 SDRAM_ A7 SDRAM_ A6 SDRAM_ A5

C403

C100/50

GND

3.3VGA2

GND

3.3VGA2

TP779 TP764 TP778 TP765

TP777 TP766 TP776 TP767

TP775 TP768 TP774 TP769 TP773 TP770 TP772 TP771

TP795 TP796 TP797 TP798 TP799 TP800 TP801 TP802

RES-

SDR AM_D[0:15]

3.3VGA2

GND

R513

0

+5V

FB22 MEM2012(NM)

GND

R514

X7

R(NM)

1

OUT

OE

4

VDD

C254

3.3VGA2

GND

K

A

GND

OSC515101J IS-28.16301M Hz-5.0TR

F0.1u/16

C190 F0.1u/16

GND

C192 F0.1u/16

GND

C194 F0.1u/16

GND

13

12 16

1

5 8

14

TR

VCC VCC

CLKIN

GND GND GND

M66235FP

R1015 1K

R1016 2K

IC39

CKO/2

/CKO/2

CNTCK

PULSE

TEST1 TEST2 TEST3

/CKO

CKO

TR

TP173

3

2

C186

F0.1u/16

GND

AK

D20 DA204K

4

3

11

TP908

10

TP903

7

TP904

6

TP909

9

TP906

4

TP907

2

TP905

3

TP910

15

2

TP851

TP847

TP852

BR187

123

M2D8

MNR04 33

M2D9

TP846

TP844

TP202

TP845

TP854

TP848 678

BR189

123

4 5

678

BR188

4 5

MNR04 33

M2D10

M2D12

M2D13

M2D14

M2D11

M2D15

TP833

TP834

TP835

6

7

234 5

M2D6

M2D7

M2D5

3.3VGA2

C201

.1u/25( 1608)

GND

3.3VGA2

C202

.1u/16

GND

C

MNR04 33

123

TP784

SDRA M_CS-

TP196

TP195

TP200

TP201

678

TP786

TP785

SDRAM_ CLK

SDRAM_ CKE

TP194

TP199

TP198

TP197

BR82

4 5

BR83

MNR04 33

678

123

4 5

BR84

MNR04 33

TP787

TP791

TP789

TP788

TP790

TP792

SDRAM_BA 0

SDRA M_WR-

SDRAM_ RAS-

SDRAM_ CAS-

SDRAM_ DQM1

SDRAM_ DQM0

123

TP207

TP206

TP192

TP193

TP205

TP204

TP203

678

4 5

MNR04 33

678

123

4 5

BR85

MNR04 33

TP783

SDRAM_ A1

TP781

TP782

SDRAM_ A3

SDRAM_ A2

TP780

TP209

C196

B0.1u/25 (1608)

SDRAM_ A4

3.3VGA2

GND

1

SDRA M_A[0:12]

D

E

TP794

TP793

SDRAM_ A0

SDRAM_BA 1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 17

5

T

FAX MAIN PWB (GA2-CODEC)

4

3

R218

4.7K

CD2ACKD0-

CD2ACKD1-

CD2ACKC0-

CD2ACKC1-

SDRAM_A0 SDRAM_A1 SDRAM_A2 SDRAM_A3 SDRAM_A4 SDRAM_A5 SDRAM_A6 SDRAM_A7 SDRAM_A8 SDRAM_A9 SDRAM_A10 SDRAM_A11 SDRAM_A12

678

4 5 BR103

MNR04 4.7K

TP1095

123

GND

CD2ACKD0-

D

SDRAM_A[0:12]

CD2ACKD1-

CD2ACKC0-

CD2ACKC1-

C

SDRAM_BA0 SDRAM_BA1

SDRAM_CSSDRAM_WRSDRAM_CASSDRAM_RASSDRAM_DQM0 SDRAM_DQM1 SDRAM_CLK SDRAM_CKE

B

23 24 25 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 22 35 36

20 21

19 16 17 18 15 39 38 37

40

9

10

12

13

IC42

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12

BA0 BA1

CS WE CAS RAS DQML DQMU CLK CKE

NC

W981216BH-75

+3.3V

GND

I/O10 I/O11 I/O12 I/O13 I/O14 I/O15

GND GND GND GND GND GND GND

7 14

I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9

VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC

8

IC82C TC7 4LCX08FT

C306 F0.1u/16

GND

11

IC82D TC7 4LCX08FT

2 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 42 44 45 47 48 50 51 53

1 3 9 14 27 43 49

6 12 28 41 46 52 54

BR143

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

BR145

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

C220

F 0 .1u/16

R611 33

R612 33

C221

F 0 .1u/16

8 7

BR144

6

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

8 7

BR146

6

MNR04 33 1 2 3 4 5

F 0.1u/16

C222

8 7 6

C223

F 0 .1u/16

CD2ACKD-

CD2ACKC-

SDRAM_D0 SDRAM_D1 SDRAM_D2 SDRAM_D3 SDRAM_D4 SDRAM_D5 SDRAM_D6 SDRAM_D7 SDRAM_D8 SDRAM_D9 SDRAM_D10 SDRAM_D11 SDRAM_D12 SDRAM_D13 SDRAM_D14 SDRAM_D15

C224

F 0 .1u/16

C225

F 0 .1u/16

+3.3V

F0 .1u/16

CD2ACKD-

CD2ACKC-

BR99 MNR 04 (NM)

45

+3.3V

C226

GND

678

123

C219 A33u/10

BR100 MNR04 (NM)

45

678

123

BR101 MNR04 (NM)

45

678

SDRAM_D [0:15]

BR102 MNR04 (NM)

123

45

678

123

CLK16M

CD2ACKD-

CD2ACKC-

GDMAE

CD2RES-

CD2ACKD-

12

13

CD2ACKC-

+3.3V

147

IC79D

TC7 4LCX32FT

GNDGND

C305 F0.1u/16

12

13

1

2

GND

11

CD2REQD

CD2REQC

+3.3V

7 14

GND

R56 5 R(NM)

R564 33

IC80A

3

TC7 4LCX08F

C263 F0.1u/16

GND

11

IC80D TC7 4LCX08F

C307

+3.3V

F0.1u/16

14

GND

9

Q

VCC

8

Q

GND7CL

IC86B TC7 4LCX74FT

GND

TP1245

TP1246

5

4

3

10

12

D

PR

11

CLK

13

A

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 18

3

2

1

9/10

CD2REQD

IC80A

TC7 4LCX08FT

CD2REQC

3V

IC80D TC7 4LCX08FT

D

3

C263 F0.1u/16

GND

11

IC79C

9

+3.3V

C261 F0.1u/16

GND

9

8

C262 F0.1u/16

GND

9

8

IC86A

5

6

TC7 4LCX74FT

R1045 33(1 608)

4

5

9

10

IC80B

TC7 4LCX08FT

IC80C

TC7 4LCX08FT

R1049

33(1 608)

6

R1050 33(1 608)

8

IC78B

10

14

TC7 4LCX74FT

12

D

Q

PR

VCC

11

CLK

Q

GND7CL

13

GND

+3.3V

IC81B

10

14

TC7 4LCX74FT

12

D

Q

PR

VCC

11

CLK

Q

GND7CL

13

GND

+3.3V

4

2

D

Q

PR

3

CLK

Q

CL

1

IC79A

1

2

TC7 4LCX32FT

IC79B

4

5

TC7 4LCX32FT

3

R1047 33(1608)

6

R1046 33(1608)

+3.3V

IC78A TC7 4LCX74FT

5

Q

6

Q

IC81A TC7 4LCX74FT

4

Q

PR

Q

CL

1

R1044

33(1 608)

5

6

4

2

D

PR

3

CLK

CL

1

+3.3V

2

D

3

CLK

10

TC7 4LCX32FT

IC75B

4

5

TC7 4LCX08FT

+3.3V

12

13

GND

9

10

IC74

1

A

2

B

8

CLK

9

CLR

TC7 4VHC 164FT

7 14

VCC

GND

C161 F0.1u/16

IC75D TC7 4LCX08FT

IC75C

TC7 4LCX08FT

QA QB QC QD QE

QF QG QH

R1048 33(1 608)

8

6

GND

11

8

R1041

R1043

R1042

33(1 608)

GDMA

CD2REQD0

CD2REQD1

CD2REQC0

D

C

TP1111

3

TP1110

4

TP1109

5

TP1108

6

TP1107

10

TP1106

11

TP1105

12 13 14

7

GND

+3.3V

C240 F0.1u/16

CD2REQC1

R56 5 R(NM)

R564 33

3

TP1244

IC20F

14

GCCH

13 12

7

TC7 4LCX04FT

R1040 33(1608)

B

A

2

1

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 19

A

B

G

S

E

C

_

5

P

C

M

O

FAX MAIN PWB (TEL/LIU IF)

0

D

R517 0

GND

SPOUT

R522 0

R524 0

R525 0

R126 10K

C127 B2200/50

GND

R518 R(NM)

EXTRS

S_EN

C147 B4700/25

C281

F0.1u/16

Q4 DTC36 3EKA T146

BEC

GND

VSEL

S

IC92 D

9 8

TC74VH C04FT

IC92E

11 10

TC74VH C04FT

IC92 F

13 12

TC74VH C04FT

TP1243

Q7 DTC36 3EKA T146

BEC

BZ

SPOUT

VOLCNT [A]

VOLCNT [B]

C

VOL[ A]

VOL[ B]

VOL [C]

+5V +12V

B

A

4

TP521

R133 10K

Q3 DTC36 3EKA T146

BEC

R406 10K

GND

R401 10K

GND

R403 10K

GND

14

7

14

7

14

7

C146 F0.1u/16

R129 1K

GNDGND

R140 10K

TP519

Q6 DTC36 3EKA T146

BEC

GND

+5V

ZD1

UDZ 2.0B

GND

Q20 DTC36 3EKA T146

BEC

TP514

VSEL

Q5 DTC36 3EKA T146

BEC

VREF

R519 1K

+5VS

R563 10K

R1017 33

R127 3.3K

TP517

R141 10K

VREF

C404 A47u/16

TP520

R130 R(NM)

R135 56K

TP10

VSEL

R145 10K

1

2

TC74VH CT00FT

9

10

TC74VH CT00FT

FAXWU-

VREF

R125 56K

R128 56K

IC33

12

X0

14

X1

15

X2

11

X3

1

Y0

5

Y1

2

Y2

4

Y3

6

INH

10

A

9

B

BU4052B CF

GND GN D

R147 10K

GND

C319 F0.1u/16

GND

3

R1018 33

8

R1019 33

Q19 DTC11 4EKA T146

B

C

E

GNDGND

+5VS

R385 R(NM)

R386 0

+5VS

14

IC90A

IC90 C

TP518

R146 10K

C153 C(NM)

VDD

VEE VSS

TP12

13

X

TP11

3

Y

16

7 8

C154 C(NM)

12

13

IC90D

TC74VH CT00FT

IC90 B

6

TC74VH CT00FT

Q16 DTC11 4EKA T146

C

E

GND Q17 DTC11 4EKA T146

C

E

GND Q18 DTC11 4EKA T146

C

E

GND

C155 C(NM)

VSEL

B

C148 F0.1u/16

C149 F0.1u/16

TP21

TP20

TP19

RHS

4

5

HS1

CI

11

14

VREF

R516 1M

14

+5VS

IC92 A

12 7 TC74VH C04FT

GND

IC92 B

34 7 TC74VH C04FT

IC92C

56 7 TC74VH C04FT

3

TP523

7

TC74LCX04FT

7

TC74LCX04FT

7

TC74LCX04FT

C323 F0.1u/16

C412

B1000/50

TP16 TP13 TP17 TP512 TP509 TP511

GND

B2B-PH -K-S(NM)

R132 5.1K R134 10K R136 18K R137 33K R138 62K R139 200K R142 360K TP510

IC89 C

56

IC89 B

34

IC89 A

12

GND

C411

B1000/50

GND GN D GN D

CN8

EXHS-

C413

B1000/50

IC34

13

X0

14

X1

15

X2

12

X3

1

X4

5

X5

2

X6

4

X7

6

INH

11

A

10

B

9

C

BU4051B CF

1

RHS

2

DG

GND

TP153

CID2 -

+5VS

GND

HNDMUTE-

TC74LCX04FT

X

VDD

VEE VSS

D19 DA2

IC20D

14

7

K

A

MDM_A

3

16

7 8

MDM_

MDM

R

AF

S

SI3

MD

C

E

1

98

4

3

AR-FX7 ELECTRICAL SECTION 11 - 20

SHARP SM-ARFX7 Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

CONTENTS

[1] OUTLINE

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Communication system

4. Print system

2. Scanning system

3. Image process system

5. Transmission function system

6. Reception function system

7. Registration system

8. Telephone function system

9. Memory system

10. Additional information function for transmission

11. Additional print function when receiving

12. Recording table system

13. Others

[3] INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

1. Install of expansion kit

A. Parts included

B. Installation procedure

[4] OPERATION, DISPLAY SECTION

1. Operation panel

2. FAX mode (Condition setting screen)

A. Condition setting screen

B. Address directory screen (alphabetically ordered)

[5] ADJUSTMENTS

1. Density section

2. Communication section

A. Dial test (<FAX mode> SIM 66-14, 16)

[6] SIMULATION

1. Code-type simulation

A. Operating procedures and operations

2. Simulation code list

3. Details

[7] SOFT SWITCH

1. FAX soft switch setting change quick reference table

2. Soft SW list

3. Soft switch descriptions

[8] MACHINE OPERATION

1. Key operator program

A. List

B. Operating procedure

2. Power switch

3. Originals

A. Original sizes

B. Scanning area of original

C. Automatic reduction of faxed document

4. Own number sending

A. Position of sender's information

5. Quick On-line

1. Program download method (for Copier, and fax program)

2. Others (Troubleshooting)

[10] TROUBLE CODE LIST

2. Communication result code

A. Composition of communication report code

[11] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1. Block diagram

A. Main block diagram

B. TEL/LIU PWB block diagram

2. Circuit diagram

A. FAX MAIN PWB